











^"" , * 
S* 



A* • • • * *%. ^ > 



O* • • * • - ^ 










«9 % 



.* J 







SOCIAL SCIENCE IN THE 
LIGHT OF THE 
SOLAR SYSTEM 



BY 

Jean Francis Leroy 







PRINTED BY 
V. S. HILLIS CO., SAN JOSE, CALIF. 






Copyright, 1913 
3y M. A. MYLES 

A il rights reserved 



©CLA35495 8 
*L6 / 



INDEX 



Page 

Introduction 9 

Does History repeat itself 19 

Nature of the Planets 31 

Indications of the Signs 33 

Methods of Developing a chart 37 

Religion 50 

Education 64 

Dress 75 

Love and Marriage 82 

Money and Heaven 109 

Traveling 134 

Winters 153 

Actresses 172 

Musicians 181 

Painters 193 

Inventors 206 

Land, Engineering and Building 212 

LaAv and Medicine 222 

Children 235 

Philanthropists 255 

War 268 

Sports 278 

Business under 12th Sign 281 

Numbers 287 

Dreams 293 



EXPLANATION 



It may be observed that two chapters have 
been crowded out of this volume. We hope 
however to publish three volumes, the 2nd deal- 
ing with the inmates of prisons, asylums, hos- 
pitals &c, and the third with rulers and public 
events; or what is commonly known as mun- 
dane astrology. We trust that an ephemeris, will 
shortly be published in connection with these 
books. The ephemeris commonly employed and 
known as the geocentric ephemeris can not be 
used. By our system there are no retrogrades 
and no aspects excepting the conjunction. An 
opposition is regarded as equivalent to a con- 
junction, and many more conjunctions are form- 
ed by this method. 

Every thing that would not stand a severe 
practical test has been discarded. Some swear 
by Ptolemy and some by anything they see in 
print, but give us the imperishable truth, found- 
ed upon a rock if we do have to dig for it. 

This being the first edition errors will doubtless 
be found in it. Any errors in calculation will 
gladly be corrected if the publisher is notified. 



INTRODUCTION 



We are not going to write a preface and introduction to 
this work, because we wish every word of it to be read, 
and where there is both preface and introduction, either 
one or both is sure to be skipped. We not only wish every 
word to be read, but we believe that it requires to be care- 
fully read, not less than three times. Some students call 
Planetary Influence, a deep study, and so it is, but we have 
endeavored to simplify the language as far as possible 
avoiding all technical and high sounding terms, and using 
illustrating charts abundantly, so that we think with sev- 
eral careful readings any one may become master of the 
contents without reaily hard study. Some may master 
it thoroughly with one reading; they may even see more 
than the writer; we hope they will. There is nothing that 
requires to be memorized excepting the indications of the 
Signs and indications of the planets in the Signs. The 
book will prove much pleasanter reading if these are first 
fixed upon the mind. Those who possess Butler's Solar 
Biology may proceed to work out their birthdates from 
the Ephemeris contained in it, according to the directions 
we have given. By applying to the Esoteric Publishing 
Co., Applegate, California, the Ephemeris to 1915 will be 
sent for a few cents additional. We should strongly advise 
every one into whose hands this book falls to learn to work 
out their own Charts. Don't go to some one who will 
charge you a dollar or five dollars for a reading; it might 
not then be correct, and besides you want to thoroughly 
understand it yourself, so that you can w^atch it every day, 
and learn where the good points in your Horoscope are, 
and when you can be most successful along any given line. 
With the instructions given in this book, the outline may be 
worked out in thirty minutes. 



10 . INTRODUCTION 

We have only been able in this work to touch upon the 
different phases of the question. We might take any one of 
the chapters we have written and enlarge upon it. Many 
of them would demand a volume in order to do them 
justice. We hope however to devote another volume to 
the inmates of our as3dums and penitentiaries, if birth- 
dates can be secured. If any light can be thrown upon the 
mysteries which life holds in these places, it is certainly 
needed. As we have noticed further on, we do not believe 
that events can be accurately foretold; if we can in any 
manner, or in any degree, change our own lives, then 
events cannot be accurately foretold. We are not making 
any pretention to fortune telling, but we do positively main- 
tain, and have endeavored to prove, that there is a power- 
ful influence emanating from the unseen, and regulated 
by the position of the planets, which brings prosperity and 
adversity, just as we come under good or bad influences. 
We have noted in a large number of Horoscopes the points 
which brought success and promotion and the points which 
brought failure and miser}'. Those whose good and bad 
planets form conjunctions around the Horoscope do not 
have the same ups and downs in life as those who have 
the good planets in one section and the bad planets in 
another. The former are meeting with obstacles and over- 
coming them all their lives, while the latter are liable to 
rise to great heights, only to be cast down again. 

We are taking up this study in the order of the Signs. 
Religion, education, love, marriage, and divorce, coming 
under the 1st. sign. Money and heaven come under the 
2nd. sign. Under the 3rd. we bring writers, musicians 
painters and actresses: although actresses and singers be- 
long more properly to the 11th; for convenience however 
we have classified them all together under the 3rd. Travel- 
ins: also comes under the 3rd. Under the 4th we bring 
inventors, land, engineering and building, law and medi- 
cine: although law belongs more properly to the 3rd Sign. 



INTRODUCTION 11 

As we have not devoted very much space to either, we have 
classed them together. Under the 5th. we bring children, 
philanthropists and rulers. Under the 12th we bring war, 
sports, and business coming under the 12th Sign. We 
merely introduce the questions of crime and insanity; to 
these we hope to devote an entire volume, provided we can 
secure birthdates. After glancing over a dozen or more books 
on criminology, we have failed to find a single birthdate; 
no one seems to have suspected that the planetary con- 
ditions at birth had any connection with these afflictions. 

Our aim in publishing this book has been to place within 
easy reach of all persons young and old the means of study- 
ing their own lives in the light of the Solar system. 

We have never given an astrological reading, and probably 
never will. We can each study our own lives much better 
than any one can stud}' them for us. 

If any person desires to be critical, we do not object, 
knowing that a man's enemies are frequently his best ad- 
vertisers. Hoping these simple talks upon the subject 
before us may be received in the spirit in which they are 
given, we leave them with you; as we have received the 
message, so have we delivered it to you; To those who 
have not investigated the question of planetary influence, 
and are not inclined to believe in it, we would say: Do not 
condemn us without a trial, and to those who are laboring 
in the work of reform we would say: The stars are with 
you. Under the motto, "fiat-justicia ruat caelum," press on 
avoiding as far as possible acts of violence and undue ex- 
citement. God still rules, and justice will be done though 
the heavens should fall. 



UNFOLDING OF THE TRUTH 13 

CHAPTER I. 
Unfolding of the Truth. 

Prior to the year 1905, we regarded so-called fortune 
telling by the position of the stars as merely a pleasant 
pastime, much the same as reading by cards; although for 
a number of years we had noticed that certain difficulties 
which beset our path appeared periodically. We had even 
gone so far as to blame the Moon when things went wrong. 
In the year 1905, however, we met a man who believed 
strongly in planetary influence, and our first serious thoughts 
on the subject came as a result of our conversation with 
him. We never met the man again but resolved if there 
was anything to be learned along that line we would seize 
the first opportunity to break in upon it. Shortly after- 
ward we called upon a lady practitioner in Astrology. She 
gave a palm reading, and when asked for an astrological 
reading took our birth date and told us that we should 
choose our friends from certain signs and avoid those under 
certain signs. "Fire and water," she said, "would not mix," 
and that was the extent of the reading. When she saw 
that we appeared skeptical, she produced a small volume 
and read a page or more corroborating what she had said. 
We left her apartments feeling that fools and their money 
were easily parted. We then ransacked the stores and 
libraries for books, and probably read a dozen or more, 
but from two books we received what proved to be valu- 
able information. Xo one book contained anything more 
than fragments of the Science. 

In reading Butler's Solar Biology we discovered that 
he had published an Ephemeris giving the position of the 
planets as they would appear from the Sun which is the 
centre of the Solar System. He claimed that certain phases 
and conjunctions of the Moon indicated certain traits of 
character which appeared in the talents and disposition 
of the child, but he asserted that this Ephemeris could not 



14 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

be used in the art of prognosticating, or foretelling the 
future. The Ephemeris universally used by astrologers 
so far as we have seen, records the position as the planets 
appear from the earth. 

Now we want you to get the difference between the two 
clearly and definitely fixed on the mind. You will see that 
the planets as they would appear from the Sun as the centre 
of the Solar System complete a perfect revolution in the 
Zodiac in a given time, with the exception of the Moon, and 
the Moon we do not regard in the same light as the planets. 
The position of the Moon is given as it would appear from 
the earth. The Sun is regarded as practically stationary, 
its progress in its orbit being so slow as to produce no 
appreciable change in thousands of years. It is placed sev- 
eral degrees in Aquarius and always there. 

This is known as the Heliocentric position of the planets 
and is much simpler and more easily understood than the 
ordinary Ephemeris showing the position of the planets 
as they appear from the earth. As seen from our point of 
view, Venus and Mercury complete their revolution between 
the earth and the Sun, consequently they never appear ex- 
cepting in a certain section of the Zodiac. They pass through 
so many Signs and then retrograde. Uranus and Saturn also 
retrograde according to the Ephemeris. The}' don't really 
retrograde but they appear to from the view we get of them. 
Now this produces a condition that is at once complex and 
confusing, and we reasoned the question out after this man- 
ner. If the position of the planets indicate anything, then 
one Ephemeris is the right one to use and the other is 
wrong. God's laws are not haphazard or unstable. Either 
the Heliocentric Ephemeris is the only one to use or it 
signifies nothing. God's laws are also direct and simple. 
He never builds a complex structure where a simple one 
will answer as well. This fact gave us a leaning toward 
the Heliocentric Ephemeris. We then conceived the idea 
of forming a circle indicating the Zodiac and marking off' 



UNFOLDING OF THF TRUTH 15 

the twelve Signs. From a very useful little book, we don't 
recall the title, we gathered the indications of the Signs 
which have generally been used in Astrology, and also got 
the idea of the Transits and the fact that each day in the 
Transits counted a year in the Nativity. This done we 
proceeded to work out our own birth date from Butler's 
Ephemeris. What was our surprise to find that it corres- 
ponded with our own life as we knew it, showing by the 
position of Uranus, Saturn and Mars where our greatest 
difficulties lay, and the position of the Moon indicating 
the time when we had suffered most from these afflictions. 
We proceeded to work out others and soon found the 
mathematical part of the work easy. However we had much 
to learn regarding the effect of certain conjunctions in 
certain signs, and have yet much to learn, but we feel that 
the foundation is surely laid. We tussled for a long time 
with the various aspects, square, opposite, etc., but decided 
there was nothing in them. We believe that planets chang- 
ing at the same time in different Signs work as strongly as 
a conjunction, if not more so. We also think it may be 
that planets, for example 6° in Aquarius and 6° in Aries, 
maj r act as a conjunction but will not guarantee the fact. 
We haA-e tried to secure information from various prac- 
ticing Astrologers, but found on ordering a trial reading 
that often their work counted for nothing. One man who ad- 
vertised extensively in the papers all over the world sent us 
a trial reading and it was absolutely without sense or rea- 
son. He based most of his calculations on the supposition 
that Mars governed the Sign of Scorpio and the Moon 
governed Cancer and so on. This theory we had long since 
discarded as ridiculous. The planets which occupy the 
Signs rule the Signs. A Sign devoid of planets is like a 
house without a tenant. Fire and water Signs we see no 
sense in; Mars governs fire and Xeptune governs water. 
The}' are quite capable of filling the office without any 
assistance from Signs. Many persons have the idea that 



16 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

you are born under a lucky or unlucky star. Such a thing 
is impossible. You are born under all the stars. You 
know your own troubles best and that is why you think 
you are born under an unlucky star. An equal distribution 
of trouble we regard as the one great end attained by the 
regulating influence of the planets. Some astrologers 
advertise a cure for all the ills to which flesh is heir. They 
can insure a happy marriage, business success, faithful 
friends and anything you desire. They are surely enjoy- 
ing a pipe dream. It may be possible that all these troub- 
les can be eliminated but we have no reason to think so. 
We have neither seen nor heard of any one who reached 
middle age, without experiencing serious trouble of some 
kind. They may in their brighter moments overlook them, 
and imagine they have been having a swell time, but we 
have not seen it. It is conceded that men and -women of 
genius balance up 'their success with an extra dose of suf- 
fering. "Uneasy lies the head that wears a crown," was 
written long ago and is equally true today. Money cannot 
buy happiness. We cannot all occupy the same position, 
but we can all be equally happy. Some one must do the 
so-called dirty work, but every man should be respected 
in the position which he occupies. Caste and snobbery 
plainly emanate from a weak mind, and should be placed 
where they belong. 

While we regard a certain amount of suffering as a 
necessity, we do not however regard wickedness as a nec- 
essity. That we believe lies with the person and those who 
constitute his environment. A person is sometimes com- 
pelled to do that which is wrong. The Bible tells us that 
with the temptation God will also make a way of escape 
and we believe that God will not hold such persons as sin 
through ignorance or compulsion responsible for their act. 
The same Christ who prayed "Father forgive them for 
they know not what they do," as he hung on the cruel 
cross will sit on the judgment throne. 



UNFOLDING OF THE TRUTH 17 

The fact of Planetary influence being proved beyond 
the shadow of a doubt opens up a wide field for conjecture. 
We call it Planetary influence for want of a better name. 
God's law is written in the Heavens in an unmistakable 
manner but just how it is communicated to the mind is an- 
other question. The Bible favors the idea of guardian an- 
gels and ministering spirits and devils. We are even told 
that we are encompassed by a great cloud of witnesses. 
Some one has also suggested that the stars may be angels. 
We read that the righteous shall shine as the stars for ever 
and ever. Again we will wonder if the whole solar system 
exists for our special benefit. Astronomers tell us that the 
Moon must practically be regarded as a dead world; Mer- 
cury always keeps the same face toward the sun and gets 
seven times as much heat as the earth. The day and the 
year on Venus are supposed to be the same length. There 
is not enough water on Mars to fill one of the great lakes 
of the earth. Uranus and Neptune are so far from the Sun 
that heat and light would be almost entirely wanting. Ju- 
piter has no well defined crust and the conditions there are 
chaotic. Saturn is in much the same condition. If this 
description is correct none of the planets are habitable at 
the present time and few of them ever will be habitable. 
Taking this fact into consideration it would not be assum- 
ing too much to claim that the Planetary system existed 
for the benefit of earth's inhabitants. The earth being situa- 
ted at the best distance from the Sun would be chosen as 
the Arena. If God as the Creator of the Universe sent his 
''Only Beloved Son" to suffer and die for the redemption of 
the human race it would not be assuming too much to say 
that a large portion of the starry canopy existed for the 
purpose of adding glory to the earth's surroundings more 
especially if we are encompassed by a great cloud of wit- 
nesses; they may also enjoy the glory of the firmament. The 
wmole Solar System was created at one time according to 
{the account given in Gen. 1, 16; "And God made two 



18 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

great lights, the greater light to rule the day and the lesser 
light to rule the night; he made the stars also." Verses 7 
and 8 would leave us with the impression that Heaven it- 
self hovered between the earth and the clouds. "And God 
made the firmament and divided the waters which were 
over the firmament from the waters which were under the 
firmament and it was so, and God called the firmament 
Heaven." 



"A world there lies around, 
A world we do not see; 
Yet the sweet closing of an eye, 
May bring us there to be." 



DOES HISTORY REPEAT ITSELF 19 

CHAPTER II. 
Does History Repeat Itself? 

In glancing over the Ephemeris for the years 1913, 
'14 and '15, we find that a heavy conjunction occurs 
in 1915; the Sun, Moon, Earth, and all the planets 
come into the conjunction in January. This discov- 
ery leads us to search for a time when a 
similar phenomenon occurred ; about the year 1830, 
we find a similar condition although the conjunction 
does not appear to be so close. When the distance 
between planets is less than 30°, w T e call it a conjunc- 
tion, -and w T hen one passes another, it takes the form 
of an ecliptic conjunction. It would be possible for 
the Earth, Moon, and all the planets to pass the Sun 
at the same time; w^e do not know that this has ever 
occurred and we do not know that it ever will occur, 
but the present conjunction is going to run close. 
We presume something similar has taken place about 
once in eighty or eighty five years, from the time of 
the creation of the w r orld ; although the conjunction 
might not be nearly so strong. For lack of an Eph- 
emeris we cannot investigate further back than 1830, 
but we find a striking analogy between that period of 
history and the present time. 

Chart No 1 gives the position of the planets for 
January 15, 1915; Saturn is 30° from the Sun, but 
the others are huddled together so close that we can 
scarcely find space for their names. Saturn will pass 
the sun in 1917 or 1918, and a full conjunction may be 
formed in 1919; it would be impossible to say posi- 
tively without a proper Ephemeris for that date ; but 
1920 will see the conjunction broken up. At times it 
will be very strong during the next seven years, but 
we would expect 1915 and 1919 to mark important 
periods in history. 



20 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 




No. 1 




Mo. a. 



DOES HISTORY REPEAT ITSELF 21 

Chart Xo. 2 gives us an idea of the position in 1830, 
although the planets never form a conjunction so 
strong as that which is just ahead. In this chart 
they are like "pigs in clover", when one comes in 
another goes out ; however it is strong enough to pro- 
duce very decided results ; a glance at that period will 
prove interesting. 

In Europe we find Turkey and Greece engaged in 
conflict. Greece gained her independence after six 
years of warfare which started with a rising in the 
Morea in 1821, and was finally settled May 7th, 1832. 
Many times during these wars the whole of Europe 
became embroiled and a revolutionary spirit and feel- 
ing of unrest pervaded not only all Europe but Nor- 
thern Africa as well. 

Of Mexico we learn that in 1825 her independence 
was acknowledged by every foreign power excepting 
Spain; war followed. Of this war it is said that it 
was stained with excesses and atrocities on both 
sides ; every commander being allowed to hunt down 
and slaughter the insurgents like brutes. History 
tells us that from 1824 to 1826 the nation was em- 
broiled in an interminable series of revolutions, hav- 
ing to face at the same time serious national issues. 

In order to form an idea of the condition of the 
United States during this period we copy a list of 
headings from a well-known history. It reads as fol- 
lows : "Hot tariff disputes, Republican party dis- 
solved, Gag rule, Anti-Slavery petition, Angry scenes 
in the House, Secession of Southern members, Fin- 
ancial embarrassment, The Administration arrainged, 
Distress of the poor, New York fire, Flour riots, Mob 
spirit increasing, New strikes and riots, Anti-Slavery 
tumult, Gag rule adopted." A writer also gives the 
following word picture of the situation. "The mob 
spirit of 1834 seemed in the next few years to increase 



22 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

rather than to diminish. Society seemed everywhere 
unhinged, and the demon of blood and slaughter was 
let loose upon it. The columns of the weekly press 
teemed with news of murders, riots and executions. 
Mobs were taking the law into their own hands and 
settling local disputes after nature's own fashion. 
Lynch law r in the Mississippi region strung up the rob- 
ber, gambler, and pickpocket on the nearest tree. Irish 
riots over O'Connell and the Battle of the Boyne, 
Xigger riots, Xative American riots, riots at the pri- 
maries and the polls, riots of the poor against the 
rich. The struggle between labor and capital which 
our modern enterprise engenders began with this 
period." In addition to this 1832 was known as the 
Cholera summer. The Anti-Mason party also flour- 
ished from 1826 to 1832. This party prospered for a 
time, but triangular elections became very burden- 
some; in some cases a State would remain for months 
without a Governor, and as the work which it aimed 
to accomplish was undertaken by the ruling admin- 
istration, it gradually dropped out. Andrew Jackson 
was nominated in 1832 by a Democratic Republican 
Convention, and his inauguration took place amidst 
great excitement; a veritable mob of ten thousand 
surrounded the White House and mingled freely with 
important personages, Jackson himself riding on 
horseback to the White House after the ceremony. 
The situation is summed up as follows by a histor- 
ian. "It was the people's day, the people's President, 
and the people would rule." 

Turning to England, where the situation was 
even more acute. The following has been gleaned 
from a letter written about that time, "During the 
reign of Geo. IV., there was great distress in the 
country. Hunger and want of work made wild war 
and the price of food was enormously high, bread be- 



DOES HISTORY REPEAT ITSELF 23 

ing sold in slices. The rich became richer and the 
poor became poorer. When manhood suffrage was 
mentioned, it was considered to be the mere ravings 
of a madman. Anything like the squalid misery, the 
slow mouldering putrefying death by which the weak 
and the feeble of the working classes were perishing 
it never befell my eyes to behold nor my imagination 
to conceive, and the creatures seemed to have no idea 
of resisting nor even repining. They took it down 
with oriental submission as if it was God and not the 
landlord that was laying his hand upon them ; and 
when their honorable representative in Parliament 
gave a description of their suffering, "liar" was the 
best word applied to him by the organs of tyranny. 
The voice of the multitude reduced to the borders of 
starvation was long raised in vain." 

Work in the factories was referred to in the follow- 
ing terms, "If the employer were a selfish man, the 
workers were used merely as instruments of profit 
by him, and it did not matter how soon they were 
used up, for there could always be found numbers 
enough who were eager to take their places, and were 
willing to undertake any task on any terms for the 
sake of securing a bare living." 

Xow for a glance at the work which was accomp- 
lished in this period of English history. Between 1829 
and 1832 a fierce fight took place over the passing of 
the Reform Bill ; this bill gave the working classes 
much better representation in Parliament, adding 
half a million voters to the list. A Reform Parlia- 
ment took the place of the old one, and a number of 
Reform measures were passed, but not without a ter- 
rific struggle. Riots took place and many times the 
militia were called out to quell disturbances. Many 
memorable speeches were made in the New r Parlia- 
ment, and good men and true were raisd up to cham- 



24 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

pion the cause of the oppressed against the hand of 
the oppressor. They waged many fierce battles, but 
victory was theirs every time. After the Reform Bill 
came the Abolition of Slavery in the colonies ; Labor 
Legislation by which the right of the government to 
dictate to employer and employed was established, 
and law T s protecting women and children were enact- 
ed. A better system of relief for the poor was also 
provided, and a commercial monopoly known as the 
East India Company was abolished, which left the 
benefits to be derived from foreign trade open to all 
the king's subjects. 

One point made by historians is worthy of notice. 
It is this : not one of the evils which were supposed to 
result from these reforms ever came to pass. The 
Reform party was completely exhausted, and a new 
administration was formed. William Ewart Glad- 
stone and Queen Victoria soon came to the front, and 
an era of prosperity followed. Although William IV. 
was King during this trying period, he took very lit- 
tle part in the fights that were waged. Pitt, Fox, 
Burke, Wilberforce, and many other statesmen have 
handed down to us specimens of the greatest oratory 
to which the world has ever listened. 

But while terrible battles were being waged in 
many countries, there were those who were quietly 
struggling in some obscure corner to master the 
forces of nature. Inch by inch steam and electricity 
were being bound until they should become the ser- 
vants of man. Neptune in close conjunction with the 
Sun and surrounded by many planets worked with 
great power and gave an impetus to everything where 
water was concerned. Neptune, as you are aware, 
governs the sea and everything pertaining to water. 
Mars and Neptune control steam. The Sun controls 
electricity, and the action of the Sun itself is strength- 



DOES HISTORY REPEAT ITSELF 25 

ened by a conjunction with many planets. A great 
impetus was given to canal building at this period, 
and the Erie Canal was opened Oct. 26th, 1825, 
amidst great rejoicing, nine days being spent in cele- 
brating the occasion. Many canals were planned 
about this time, but the railway train soon began to 
outrival the Canal. The Suez Canal was completed 
and the Panama Canal was also under consideration. 
George Stephenson succeeded in greatly improving 
the steam engine, and the first railway was opened in 
J 830 with most imposing ceremonies. Morse, the 
father of telegraphy ; Field, the hero of the Atlantic 
cable ; and Ericcson, who invented the screw propel- 
ler, were also struggling through many adversities 
and discouragements. Oftentimes they met with 
sneers from those who should have appreciated their 
efforts, but they lived to see their inventions revolu- 
tionize the world. 

Summing up our investigations, we find the period 
between 1825 and 1835 to have been a time of great 
excitement and great distress, but a period of great 
achievements and great intellectual ;power. In a 
close analysis of life, we find that it is in the hour of 
distress that we come closest to the unseen, and that 
it is from the unseen that all great ideas, great dis- 
coveries, and great revelations come. A friend of 
Herbert Spencer once remarked that it was strange 
that he seemed to have no wrinkles in his forehead, 
and he replied, "I never sit down to study any ques- 
tion out. An idea comes to me and I let it rest, then 
perhaps in a month, six months, or a year, it comes to 
me again in a more complete form." That is the ex- 
perience of all great thinkers ; they do not create the 
ideas ; they are gifts from the unseen. When Harriet 
Beecher Stowe was writing Uncle Tom's Cabin, the 
editor who published her story suggested that it 



?— 



26 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

was going to be too long, and she replied that she 
could not stop writing until she had finished. She 
doubtless felt that it was being dictated to her by 
some unseen power. Great ideas are usually born in 
agony of Soul. Of John Watson, author of "The 
Bonnie Brier Bush", it is said that he took curious 
fits of depression and at these times stuck very close 
to his books ; in a day or two he emerged into clear 
sunshine. The Psalmist David affords us a good ex- 
ample of the fits of depression and exultation which 
become the portion of great writers. In a time of 
agony are our Souls born into the world; in agony 
do our Souls burst into the glory of the unseen; just 
so every great thought and every great movement is 
born into the world in anguish of Soul. The agony 
of the Cross ushered in the era of Christianity; the 
ten commandments were given amid the thunderings 
and lightnings of Mt. Sinai ; great distress of mind 
often marks the period when the Soul is born again; 
a new plant grows out of the putrefaction of the seed ; 
the darkest time comes before the dawn, and the dar- 
kest time brings us into closest touch with the un- 
seen. 

In returning to the charts which we have been 
studying, can we not even now trace a striking ana- 
logy between the time of which we have been writing 
and our own time? Our daily papers are full to over- 
flowing with great disasters, great discoveries, and 
great reform movements. Uranus has been in con- 
junction with the Sun for seven years, and will re- 
main so for seven years to come; the Sun stands for 
rulers, wealthy men, and those occupying important 
positions ; it works for promotion. Uranus stands for 
the laboring class and for those holding inferior po- 
sitions, symbolizing falling or dragging down. This 
conjunction always brings disaster to those in high 



DOES HISTORY REPEAT ITSELF 27 

places, and the Sun acting on Uranus promotes those 
who hold inferior positions. Xations as well as indi- 
viduals are affected by these conjunctions, and a 
glance at the past seven years should convince even 
the most incredulous that this conjunction has been 
doing its work. Where are the rulers who held proud 
positions seven years ago? The King of England 
and Emperor of Japan were stricken by death ; the 
King of Denmark dropped dead on the street; the 
King of Spain was assassinated ; Turkey, China and 
Mexico lost their rulers by revolution ; the Viceroy of 
India was seriously wounded by an assassin ; Persia, 
Belgium and Greece suffered like afflictions: — Tur- 
key follows. King Manuel of Portugal played the 
part of a wise man and walked out before it was too 
late ; King Haakon of Norway has also expressed a de- 
sire to abdicate. In France and the United States 
elections were held amid great excitement, and great 
danger to those participating in them, saying nothing 
about the rulers of lesser countries. The quotation 
previously given, "Uneasy lies the head that wears a 
crown," must have been written in some such time as 
this. Another point worthy of notice follows; wher- 
ever a war has taken place between two coun- 
tries the smaller country has always been victorious. 
In the Russo-Japanese war the Japs won one long ser- 
ies of victories. Judges 5 :20 explains this phenomenon. 
It reads thus: "They fought from Heaven; the stars 
in their courses fought against Sisera." "If the Lord 
be for us who can be against us?" This is a day of 
victory for the under man and the under nation. The 
reforms which took place in England some of which 
have been mentioned were all along the line of wrest- 
ing the victim from the hand of the oppressor. We hope 
to see a repetition of that splendid programme. Fran- 
chise for women takes the place of the Reform Bill, 



28 SOCIAL SCIENCE. 

the White Slave question for the Negro slave trade. 
Then the labor question needs to be settled now much 
the same as it was settled then. To those who are 
laboring for these reforms we would say, the conflict 
may be fierce but the victory is yours. In a period 
like this when a strong conjunction rests on the 
Horoscope of every individual, excitement spreads 
like wildfire and it is a difficult matter to control 
crowds in public places. Men and women are liable 
to be seized by sudden impulses and carried as it were 
off their feet; our asylums and jails may be full. Fires 
that have been smouldering will burst into a flame 
and many will surprise even themselves. During these 
years we should avoid all stimulants and undue ex- 
citement ; we should also see that our surplus ener- 
gies are directed toward something useful. Should 
we be fortunate enough to escape the asylum and the 
jail we are still in danger of having our names handed 
down to posterity as Andrew Jackson had in the per- 
iod of which we have been writing; history tells us 
that he w^as a good man who had an ungovernable 
temper and often erred in judgment. There were 
far more serious things wrong than Andrew Jackson's 
temper; that had nothing to do with the condition of 
things in England and other countries. However 
it becomes us to keep a tight rein on ourselves. 

It will also be a time for the display of rare genius ; 
the grandest music and the most impressive oratory, 
the wildest rejoicing and the deepest mourning w r ill 
be features of this era. Spectacular scenes such as the 
world never before witnessed may be ours to behold. 
There are those among us who are looking for the 
second coming of Christ about this time. They claim 
that Biblical prophecy and Biblical chronology both 
fix it for the near future ; probably it will come at 
some such time as this but eighty five years here or 



DOES HISTORY REPEAT ITSELF; 29 

there would not make much difference. It might be 
eighty five years from now or many eighty fives. In 
Matthew 24:14 we are told that the Gospel of the 
Kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a wit- 
ness unto all nations, then shall the end come. A 
few days ago we read that a band of missionaries were 
planning a tour of the world to return in five years 
time. This would turn our thoughts to 1918 or 1920, 
as a possible time for the end to come. In verse 21 
we are told that there shall be great tribulation such 
as was not since the beginning of the world and except 
those days should be shortened there should no flesh 
be saved. Such a condition would hardly arise in 
less than five years time. Saturn passes the Sun four 
or five years hence and this would probably be the 
most serious time for general disturbances. 

In human life sometimes all the symptoms seem 
to be unfavorable and life seems to hang upon a mere 
thread and yet that thread does not break ; life takes 
on a new period of existence ; and so it might be with 
mother earth. In Daniel 12:4 we have these words: 
"Many shall run to and fro and knowledge shall be 
increased." This seems to be a reference to the im- 
petus given to traveling in the period before the end, 
also the increase of knowledge ; these prophecies fit 
the present time. In James 5 : 1, 3, 4 these words ap- 
pear, "Go to now, ye rich men, weep and howl for 
your miseries that shall come upon you. Ye have 
heaped treasure together for the last days. Behold 
the hire of the laborers who have reaped down your 
fields, which is of you kept back by fraud, crieth : and 
the cries of them which have reaped are entered into 
the ears of the Lord of Sabaoth." This is a reference 
to the struggle between capital and labour. In Thes. 
2 :3 we have "For that day shall not come except 
there come a falling away first :" this must be a ref- 



30 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

erence to the condition of the church. The Church 
today is full of heresy and the money power rules it. 
A lady very active in Church work was asked a short 
time ago, if she thought the majority of the Church 
members would want to associate with Christ if he 
came to the earth again, and she replied, "If he came 
as a poor man, I do not think they would." And this 
was not an ultra fashionable Church, it was a city 
Church where probably nine tenths of the members 
were well to do working people. 

In Luke 21 :25 the following appears, "And there 
shall be signs in the Sun, and in the Moon, and in the 
Stars, and upon the earth distress of nations, with 
perplexity, the sea and the waves roaring." Storms at 
sea are here predicted. In such a time as this will 
the end come : only God the Father knoweth the time. 

Thus we see that the war zones of 1830 correspond 
with the war zones of 1913. Political unrest, labor 
disputes, Franchise and Slave questions, floods, fires, 
and marine disasters are prominent features of the 
present age. Great discoveries are also being made. 
The navigation of the air is being slowly but surely 
conquered, at a terrible cost to human life. The Pan- 
ama Canal, which was under consideration in 1830, 
will be opened. A few years hence we may be reap- 
ing the results of the great impetus given to inven- 
tive genius. We must guard, however, against disas- 
ter by land and sea, political strife, war, crime, and in- 
sanity. A heavy conjunction such as has been shown, 
while it stimulates genius, may also tend to unbalance 
the mind. Wherever the Sun stands in your horo- 
scope, you will know that the heavy conjunction ap- 
pears opposite to it. If you are born in Aquarius or 
Leo, it stands in the 1st. Sign; if in Cancer or Capri- 
corn, in the 2nd. ; if in Saggitarius or Gemini, the 
3rd. ; Scorpio or Taurus, the 4th. ; Libra or Aries, the 



NATURE OF THE PLANETS 31 

5th. ; and Pisces or Virgo, the 6th. It stands be- 
tween the Signs we have mentioned and the preced- 
ing Sign. In the Chart given, it appears as it would 
for Capricorn or Cancer persons. 



CHAPTER III. 
Nature of the Planets. 

A few hints will now be given upon the astrologi- 
cal indications of the planets. Of the planet Vulcan 
we have very little knowledge, and its position has 
not been indicated on the charts. 

Mercury is a small planet, and being close to the 
Sun it is also very warm. It remains in some of the 
Signs 11 days, and in others only 4 days, showing 
that it is very fickle and unstable in its nature. Be- 
ing small and quick in motion, it is symbolic of child 
life, and also bird life. It also stands for writing, 
traveling, shipping and commercial life. 

Venus, usually known as the Goddess of Love, is a 
very beautiful planet, warm, and rather quick in mo- 
tion, but very stable. Each Sign is passed through in 
practically the same time. It is larger than Mercury, 
and represents beauty and women. Venus is the dec- 
orator of the earth. Warmth, beauty and constancy, 
the principal attributes of love, are embodied in this 
planet. 

Mars is a fiery red planet and governs quarreling, 
fighting, fire, bloodshed and destruction. It acts 
quickly. Diseases under Mars assume an acute form, 
the question of life or death being quickly settled. 
It governs all military affairs. 

Jupiter stands for official life and the administra- 
tion of justice. Jupiter is a large, grand looking plan- 



32 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

et, and shines with a firm and steady light. Its moons 
are symbolic of court attaches, clerks, assistants, and 
attendants upon those who fill important offices. It 
is neither hot nor cold, fast nor slow, and is there- 
fore symbolic of the straight line which justice marks 
out for the offender. Jupiter also governs victory 
and promotion. 

Saturn is a cold, pale, slow-moving planet, and its 
rings convey the idea of duplicity, a wheel within a 
wheel, as it is commonly expressed. Saturn is sup- 
posed to govern the crust of the earth. It also in- 
dicates chronic diseases or those which work slowly. 
Intellectually, it gives a deep, penetrating nature with 
scientific and inventive ability. It frequently indi- 
cates imprisonment or death. 

Uranus governs the sky, and conjunctions of Ura- 
nus and the Sun tend to the study of astronomy. This 
planet indicates originality in all things, and leads to 
the study of the mysterious. Uranus stands for pe- 
culiar diseases and peculiar deaths ; it also indicates 
trouble from falling, and separation. 

Xeptune is a cold, slow-moving planet, and governs 
water and all liquids. Further than that we know 
very little of the nature of its influence. We pre- 
sume much more will be learned regarding the nature 
of Neptune, and the other planets as well. 



INDICATIONS OF THE SIGNS 33 

CHAPTER IV. 
Indications of the Signs. 

1 and 7 control religion, education, dress, love, and 
marriage. 

2 and 8 control money and worldly goods. 

3 and 9 control traveling, writing, brothers and sis- 
ters, cousins, and relatives by marriage. 

4 and 10 control parents, houses and land, building, 
and constructive work. 

5 and 11 control children, friends who are not re- 
lated, traveling, and appearing before the public. 

6 and 12 control animals, food-stuffs, enemies, and 
war. 

The part of the body governed by each Sign will 
be found on a following page, at least an approx- 
imate division is made. The points between the 
Signs should mark the most important parts of the 
body from the eyes to the ankles. Bad planets in any 
of these signs lead to disease of the organs governed 
by these Signs, unless the trouble takes some other 
form; for example, bad influences in the 6th. and 12th. 
might bring trouble from enemies, foodstuffs or ani- 
mals, or it might bring diseases connected with the 
stomach or feet. 



34 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

SAMPLE CHART 

Henrietta Mansfield, 

March 18, 1898. 



36 




6, 


7 


9, 


28, 46, 64 


8 


9 10 11 



12. Moon in Aquarius 

3. Uranus in Taurus (leaving). 

4. Saturn in Gemini (J4). 
2. Jupiter in Aries (/4). 
6. Mars in Leo (12 days). 

8. Venus in Libra (10 days). 

8. Mercury in Libra (2 days). 

10. Neptune in Saggitarius (leaving) 

12. Sun in Aquarius (entering). 

1. Earth in Pisces ()4). 
Mars changes at 

Venus changes at 



Mercury changes at 4, 9, 14, 19, 25 

8 9 10 11 12 

31, 40, 50, 61, 71 

12 3 4 5 

Moon changes at 2, 4, 6, 8, 11, 14, 16 

12 1 2 3 4 5 6 

18, 20, 22, 24, 27, 29 

7 8 9 10 11 12 

31, 33, 36, 38, 41, 43 

12 3 4 5 6 

45, 47, 49, 51, 53, 55 

7 8 9 10 11 12 

57, 60, 62, 65, 67, 70 

12 3 4 5 6 

Virgo. 



SAMPLE CHART 



35 







/ A 


& 2 


3 


/Or?/ 1 * 


' h- 


Vf %i 


s 




6 III 


7 


— tf/f/i 






10 



% 



n&j 



<Sr 



46 



// 



/a 



METHOD OF DEVELOPING A CHART 37 

CHAPTER V. 

- Method of Developing a Chart. 

On a preceding page you will see a young lady, 
who illustrates the part of the body governed by each 
of the 12 Signs. 

We will suppose that her birth date is March 18, 
1898, and we wish to work her horoscope for June 
18, 1913. First turn to the Ephemeris for the year 
1898. Here you will find the position of all the 
planets excepting Neptune, and we have reckoned 
back from the present time to find Neptune. On a 
chart of the heavens for 1913 Neptune appears be- 
tween Gemini and Cancer, but we must remember that 
the position of the Signs has been changed in late 
years, so that Cancer of the present day answers to 
Leo of olden times. We therefore place Neptune be- 
tween Cancer and Leo, and Saturn in Gemini instead 
of Taurus. 

It might be well before proceeding further to give 
the time required by each planet to revolve once 
around the Sun. 

Mercury — 88 days 

Venus— 224 2/3 days 

Earth— 365 1/4 days 

Mars — 687 days 

Jupiter — 11 yrs. 315 days 

Saturn — 29 1/2 yrs. 

Uranus — 84 yrs. 

Neptune — 168 yrs. 
In entering planets in the Nativity every day 
counts a year. We cannot give any reason for this; 
if there is any reason we have not discovered it. It 
just seems to be one of God's laws. In consideration 
of this fact we will see that Neptune, Uranus, Saturn, 



38 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

Jupiter and the Sun change so very little in a lifetime 
that the change is not worth noting. Mars passes 
through 1 Sign and a fraction of another, during an 
ordinary lifetime, so that we commence with the 
changes of Mars. We also mark the changes of Venus, 
Mercury and the Moon; all these are important. In 
many charts where planets should be in the same 
place we have found it necessary to move some of 
them slightly. Neptune remains 14 years in one Sign 
so that we find Neptune entering the Signs as follows : 
Aquarius in 1912, Capricorn in 1898, Saggitarius in 
1884, Scorpio in 1870, Libra in 1856, Virgo in 1842, 
Leo in 1828. 

This is as near as we have been able to come to the 
position of Neptune. The Sun we place in Aquarius 
near Capicorn and always there. 

The Earth which makes a circuit of the Signs in 
a year, changes as follows : (We are copying this from 
Mr. Butler's works.) 

Earth enters Aries March 21. 

Taurus April 19. 

Gemini May 20. 

Cancer June 21. 

Leo July 22. 

Virgo August 22. 

Libra September 23. 

Scorpio October 23. 

Saggitarius November 22. 

Capricorn December 21. 

Aquarius January 20. 

Pisces February 19. 
We will now proceed to work out the Chart com- 
mencing with the Moon. In the column under March, 
and opposite 18, the Moon appears in Aquarius, we 
will say one half. It will be found advisable to get 
the position in the Sign approximately. Uranus 



METHOD OF DEVELOPING A CHART 39 

is at the head of the first column under "Posi- 
tion of the Planets.'' It will be necessary to learn the 
signs used for each planet, and the signs of the Zodiac 
as well. L'ranus is leaving Taurus, Saturn is 
about 54 m Aries, Mars 12 days in jLeo, Venus 
10 days in Libra and Mercury, 2 days in Libra. The 
Sun we always mark in Aquarius near Capricorn. 
Xeptune is leaving Saggitarius and the Earth on 
March 18 is in Pisces. The Sign in which the 
Earth is found is always in the 1st. Sign. Having writ- 
ten down the Signs in which each planet is found, in- 
cluding the Sun, Moon, and Earth, you then proceed 
to number them, commencing with the one in which 
the Earth is found; it is always 1. If Pisces is 1, 
then Aries will be 2, Taurus will be 3, Gemini 4, Can- 
cer 5, Leo 6, Virgo 7, Libra 8, etc. When you have 
thus numbered them all, you proceed to mark the 
changes. First look in the column for Mars. It chan- 
ges on April 23 — from March 18 to April 23 is 36 
days — counting every day a year, Mars changes at 
the 36th year, being now in the 6th. Sign it will 
change to the 7th. Indicate the signs below in small 
figures. Now turn to Venus; it changes on March 
27th., and will therefore change at the 9th. year; it 
changes again on April 15, 19 years later. The chan- 
ges of Venus are so regular that you can depend on 
each period being either 18 or 19 years. Not so with 
Mercury; we look in the column for Mercury; (it 
makes more changes and covers two columns). You 
find that it changes on March 22, and Ave mark the 
first change at 4 years, the 2nd. at 9 years., the 3rd. 
at 14, and so on. Place the Signs from which the 
changes are made underneath in smaller figures. 
Lastly we find the changes of the Moon ; it changes 
at 2 years, 4 years, etc. ; you can run your finger down 
the columns, and mark them as you go; when you 



40 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

have reached 80 years of age, or as far as you care 
to go, look for the Sign in which the Moon appeared 
at birth (here it was in the 12th. Sign), and mark 
the numbers underneath, coming to 1 again when you 
reach 12. You may prove the correctness of your 
work by placing the Sign underneath the last figures. 
We have now completed the mathematical part of the 
work, and all that remains for us to do is to draw a 
circle dividing it into 12 equal parts and place the 
planets where they belong in the Signs. In this case 
we want a chart for June 18, 1913. The young lady 
is 15 years of age, and we must find their position at 
that time. We place Uranus, Saturn, Jupiter, Nep- 
tune, and the Sun practically where they appeared at 
birth. Mars changes at the age of 36 from the 6th. 
to the 7th. Signs, so that we merely place it a little 
further in the 6th. Sign, or rather the 12th. 

We have found that planets in opposite Signs work 
as if they were in the same Sign, so that in order to 
facilitate matters we have placed them in the same 
Sign, and it simplifies the reading wonderfully. 
We will therefore place Mars and the Sun in the 12th. 
Sign, Uranus in the 3rd., Saturn in the 4th., Jupiter 
in the 2nd., and Neptune between the 4th. and 5th. 
Signs. Venus enters the 9th., which we will call the 
3rd., at 8 years; and at 15 it will be rather more than 
1/3 in the 3rd. Mercury has just left the 10th. Sign, 
and the Moon is in the 6th., or the 12th., as we will 
call it. In working the horoscope of a stranger we 
usually select the time when Mercury passes Venus 
as being an important point. We also find the time 
when the Moon strikes the conjunction of Venus and 
Mercury or enters a Sign where there are many plan- 
ets. This usually leads you to the best points in the 
horoscope, particularly if Venus and Mercury form a 
conjunction with the Sun, or other good planets. We 



METHOD OF DEVELOPING A CHART 41 

then find the Transits for the year fixed upon, 
selecting that portion of the year when the largest 
number of planets or the best planets stand opposite 
to Venus and Mercury. With these explanations we 
will proceed to find the Transits for June 18, 1913. The 
Transits always give the position of the planets on the 
date for which you wish the chart, and they are reck- 
oned by days instead of years. While the Moon re- 
mains 2 or 3 days in a Sign in the Transits, it remains 
2 or 3 years in the Nativity. Mercury remains from 
4 to 11 days in the Transits, and from 4 to 11 years 
in the Nativity. Venus remains 18 or 19 days in the 
Transits, and 18 or 19 years in the Nativity. Jupiter 
remains in one Sign in the vicinity of a year, Saturn 
for 2 years, and several months, and Mars for 50 days 
or more. The time varies with these planets, Uranus 
remains 7 years in one Sign, and Neptune 14 years. 
We do not reckon the changes for the long standing 
planets in the Nativity. Turning to the year 1913 
in the Ephemeris we find the position of all the plan- 
ets for June 18 in the same manner in which we found 
the position at birth, and place them where they be- 
long in the Signs. The Sun always stands opposite 
to the Sun, and Neptune and the Earth are found in 
precisely the same manner as for the Nativity. 

You may read all public events in the Transits, 
coupled with horoscopes of rulers and those connected 
with these events. 

Some one will say : "That's a very simple arrange- 
ment !" Yes. it looks simple when you have some one 
to outline it for you. but it cost us just 7 years of ex- 
perimenting and continuous investigation to bring 
it even to this stage of perfection. 

We have found Mr. Butler's Ephemeris to be trust- 
worthy so far as it goes, and he tells us that he may 
mark the position of the planets more minutely at 



42 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

some time. We think it would be quite an advan- 
tage if we knew just the time when one planet passed 
another in the Signs. You will notice the position of 
the Moon and some of the planets in the Almanacs, 
but we have not found them reliable. You can keep 
track of the Moon for a long while by watching 
events, particularly in a family where the different 
Signs are represented. When the Moon changes, it 
may be between the 2nd. and 3rd. Signs for one, com- 
bining money and traveling, or money and letters ; for 
another it may be between the 1st. and 2nd., marriage 
and money, if good planets appear there the person 
will receive money and if bad there may be a quarrel 
over money. These are merely examples to show 
that in the minor events of life we may trace the po- 
sition of the Moon without the aid of an Ephemeris. 
We have done so for months. Something happens to 
one member of a family which gives you a guess of 
the position of the Moon, and other events occur 
which verify it. By this test we have found Mr. But- 
ler's Ephemeris to be correct, but not those 
in the Almanacs. We have also given the Ephemeris 
which notes the position of the planets as they appear 
from the earth a fair test, but could not succeed in 
developing anything out of it. 

These charts may be worked on a common spelling 
tablet, but we would advise every one to work them 
neatly with pen and ink, as they may wish to refer to 
them in after years. 

In the young lady's chart before us, we first notice 
that she seems to have suffered from trouble to her 
parents during childhood, particularly about the years 
1909 and 1910. The Moon passed through her 4th. 
Sign at that time. She either suffered severely from 
trouble to parents, or ill-health coming under that 
Sign. A bad 4th. Sign frequently leads to bronchial 



METHOD OF DEVELOPING A CHART 43 

trouble, and generally diseases which arise from cold. 
Tuberculosis sometimes affects the knee, because the 
10th. Sign is opposite to the 4th. When you rind a 
Sign which is bad for parents, or brothers and sis- 
ters, that does not mean that these relatives will suf- 
fer more than is the common lot of humanity, but it 
does indicate that children who have such Signs will 
be with them when they do suffer. Usually during 
their childhood the parents are unfortunate. Those 
who have a bad Sign for parents usually visit them 
when ill, or they fall sick when they do visit them. 
Sometimes children with such a Sign as we have be- 
fore us have cruel parents. A child with a bad 4th. 
Sign and good 11th. Sign may be better placed with 
strangers. It either indicates trouble to or from par- 
ents or ill-health. This horoscope is not good for 
traveling. Neptune is in a bad position, and danger 
accompanies it. It would be good for the study of 
painting or music. The 2nd. Sign is good for money, 
and there is nothing detrimental in the marriage Sign. 
Late in life it will not be so good, as Mars comes in. 
The 12th. Sign is war-like, and the Moon is at present 
between the Sun and Mars in the 12th. This lady 
would be liable to witness a few live fights, if she 
does not actually see a battle field. Martial music 
will appeal very strongly to her. If she has inherited 
sufficient musical talent, she should be successful as 
a pianist for an orchestra. She should also be very 
successful in painting. Wild animals and battle 
scenes would be congenial subjects to her. II she in- 
herits writing talent, she might distinguish herself as 
a novelist, or she might make an excellent nurse. All 
these would be in her line. She might be fond of the 
water, and also fond of traveling, but she should not 
follow any occupation which demands traveling. She 
is likely to be associated with military men, surgeons. 



44 SOCIAL SCIENCE. 

or those whose occupations connect them with fire- 
arms, fire, or cutting instruments. Her Moon leaves 
the Marriage Sign at 18, and this is the time when 
planetary influences would lead in that direction. Her 
1st. Sign is not strong, however. 

In studying a chart first note the position of the 
Moon in the Nativity. You may expect events along 
the line indicated by the Sign in which the Moon 
stands to take place. If there are many planets in 
this Sign or a strong conjunction in the Transits, you 
may expect important events to take place. If no 
planets appear in or near this Sign, the Moon will 
probably pass through it quietly. If good planets ap- 
pear in this Sign, it will bring prosperity ; if bad plan- 
ets appear, prepare to guard against dangers coming 
under this Sign. If both good and bad planets ap- 
pear, you may meet with success after a struggle, or 
prosperity may be fitful. The time when the Earth 
and Moon in the Transits come into this Sign will be 
the most important time in the year, for example, if 
the Moon is in the 2nd. or money Sign in the Nativity, 
and this Sign is Cancer ; then the Earth enters Can- 
cer in June and Capricorn in December. Between the 
21st. of December and the 20th. of January, also be- 
tween the 21st. of June and 22nd. of July, the Earth 
is in the money Sign. During these periods the Moon 
enters this Sign 4 times, and these are points to note, 
although you must keep track of the entire horoscope. 
Notice where large conjunctions occur in the Transits 
and where the good and bad planets are situated ; also 
when planets are changing. If several bad planets 
change at the same time, this signifies danger; if 
several good planets change, it brings good fortune. 
If the Earth is in your traveling or writing Sign, and 
the Moon in your money Sign, this connects money 
with traveling or writing ; you will soon learn to 



METHOD OF DEVELOPING A CHART 45 

note the different combinations. If any section of the 
chart is very strong, it will hold a leading place 
through all the changes. Your daily life, your 
thoughts, your dreams, will be all strongly colored by 
this part of your horoscope. It cannot be otherwise. 
You may be known as a man of genius, a man with a 
hobby, or a man with a besetting sin, or all three, ac- 
cording to the use which you make of this natural 
bias which planetary conditions give you. 

The Sun also marks an important point in the 
Chart. In a study of the lives of the last 10 Presi- 
dents of the United States, we find that 9 out of the 
10 came into power while the Moon was in conjunc- 
tion with the Sun in the Nativity; and the time when 
the Moon passed the Sun marked the most important 
point in their administration. The exception is Pres- 
ident Hayes, and Uranus and Mars, two bad planets, 
came into conjunction with the Sun in his horoscope. 
Our present President came into power while Mer- 
cury, Venus, and the Moon were in conjunction with 
the Sun, and a large conjunction stood opposite in 
the Transits. This was also the point where the 
Moon stood at birth, and undoubtedly the strongest 
point in his horoscope. 

If Venus and Mercury form a conjunction near the 
Sun in the Nativity, it augurs well for promotion in 
life. If anything occurs that you cannot find a rea- 
son for in your horoscope, do not give up until you 
have discovered it ; that is the way in which we gain 
knowledge. Don't be content with what you have 
heard, or what someone has told you. Investigate for 
yourself; you may strike something valuable. Teach- 
ers and parents should find this study especially profi- 
table ; they will find so many points in a horoscope to 
give them an insight into the proper manner of hand- 
ling a child. It will also enable a person to more thor- 



46 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

oughly understand those with whom he comes in 
contact, and to select the best time in his chart for 
any important venture. How far circumstances com- 
pel us to follow a certain path in life is a question that 
requires very deep investigation. There is one im- 
portant point to be considered, however, these charts 
which we will study constitute a record of feeling 
rather than a record of events ; for example, the father 
or mother of a family may die, and the bereavement 
does not appear the same in the horoscopes of all the 
children. In some it is strongly marked, and in 
some, other events are crowding it out, and they 
do not feel it so keenly. Frequently those in whom it 
is strongly marked have been with the father or moth- 
er in their last illness, while those in whose charts it 
is not strongly marked have been absent. 

Under "Traveling" we have endeavored to show 
the manner in which different passengers regard a 
storm at sea. They are all under the same pressure, 
but some feel it and others do not. Planetary con- 
ditions account for this fact. 

It cannot be denied that in human nature there is 
a strong craving for the tragic in life. A fire or an 
accident always draws a crowd, and many go to the 
theatre and pay good money to have someone draw 
tears from their eyes, as if there was not enough real 
sorrow in life without resorting to imitation. It is 
quite possible that if the tragic side of life were cut 
out, many would think the world a very tame place, 
far too dull for them. In a certain sense, the world 
fits the people, and the people fit the world. 

One point we wish especially to emphasize. Try to 
find the place in the world where you will be most 
successful and stick to it. If, after examining a chart 
of your life, and comparing it with your own exper- 
ience, you decide that you are in a position where you 



METHOD OF DEVELOPING A CHART 47 

cannot succeed, give it up. Many men and women 
struggle on in a place where they are only meeting 
with failure and discouragement, hoping by perse- 
verance and supposed good management to force fate 
to yield to them. The result may be a nervous break- 
down, or suicide. This book will be of great assis- 
tance in enabling you to discover where you can be 
most successful, and when you get there, stick to it. 
When the Moon comes into a bad place in your horo- 
scope, you are liable to leave a good position and go 
into some business which will only bring failure and 
loss ; watch for these temptations. When we mention 
practising astrologers, we do not intend to speak 
slightingly of them. They are, we believe, generally 
conscientious. They have, with many others, felt 
that there was a powerful influence at work, regulat- 
ing the affairs of men, and in their eagerness to uti- 
lize their belief, have fancied that they had something 
really valuable to give the world. We lay their lack 
of success to the fact that they were using the wrong 
Ephemeris. 

A glance at the Transits for June 18, 1913 will prove 
interesting. Here a conjunction of Mercury and Mars 
occurs ; during 3 days while Mercury is approach- 
ing Mars, we find on the west coast of America a few 
striking events. We believe that certain Signs gov- 
ern certain sections of the earth, but we have not had 
time to fully investigate the subject. The fact that the 
war zones of 1830 correspond with the war zones of 
1912 would lead one to believe that this might be the 
case. On the morning of June 19th., we rend of a col- 
lision of two electric trains, leaving 11 killed and 
many injured. Mercury stands for traveling, writing, 
and children, and under the influence of Mars this 
accident occurs. A survivor said that he saw no oc- 
casion whatever for the collision. Tt is a fact which 



48 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

cannot be denied, that persons become helpless, to a 
certain extent, under these influences ; either they are 
made to forget something, or they are led to take un- 
necessary risks, or it may be that they are at the time 
paralyzed with fear; anyhow if it is going to come it 
comes, and those whose time has arrived are brought 
there. One little boy, who lost his father, tells how 
they missed the car they had planned to take ; and a 
passenger, whose life was miraculously saved, tells 
of having a premonition before he left home, that he 
was near death, and leaving instructions with his wife 
regarding his finances. Such premonitions come 
from planetary influences, and are not uncommon. 
We can recall passing remarks in a careless manner, 
that were prophetic of some event that we never 
dreamt of taking place. 

On the evening of June 19th, a man under the in- 
fluence of liquor clubbed his wife to death, and his 
3 little children were taken to the detention home 
sobbing for mama. Here Mars brings trouble to 
children. The students of a leading high school 
also threatened to go on strike because their vacation 
was cut down from 10 to 7 weeks — more trouble to 
children, or young persons. In connection with writ- 
ing, 4 leading newspaper men in one city were 
arrested on charges of criminal libel ; suits being 
instituted against three papers. This took place on 
June 18th. At this same time, also in connection 
with writing, a man was given 10 years in the Peni- 
tentiary for stealing a hotel register out of the Dis- 
trict Attorney's office. What do you think of that? 

However, while Mars is bringing disaster to that 
wdiich falls under Mercury, Mercury is limiting the 
power of Mars. We must remember that in every 
conjunction planets act and react upon each other, 
and we are pleased to record that on June 17, we re- 
ceived the news that punishment by instruments of 



METHOD OF DEVELOPING A CHART 49 

torture had been prohibited in prisons and reforma- 
tory institutions. This was surely a great relief to 
those who had read the blood-curdling accounts of the 
treatment of prisoners in these institutions. In this 
case Mercury limits the power of Mars, or in other 
words cruelty is prohibited by writing. 

We might also call your attention to the fact that 
we chose the birthdate for illustration at random, and 
it proved to be one where Mars in conjunction with 
the Sun took a leading part. Mercury in conjunction 
with Venus or some of the other planets would have 
given us a very different birthdate upon which to 
write. 

In these studies you want to make a special point 
of watching the time at which one planet passes an- 
other. An Ephemeris marking these points more 
definitely would be very desirable, and Ave feel sure 
that some kind person w r ill provide us with it. You 
will also notice in this Chart that the Earth and the 
Moon are in conjunction with Saturn, working 
strongly in connection with death and imprisonment. 
The large conjunction to which we have referred in 
Chapter II. forms around the Sun; Xeptune will re- 
main in the Sun Sign 14 years and Uranus 7 years, 
and the other planets travel in and out. Sometimes 
the conjunction is very strong, as in Jan., 1915. At 
the present time 4 good planets appear there to 1 bad, 
so that everything connected with the Sun should 
prosper. Venus in the conjunction brings women in- 
to prominence, and Neptune is under more favorable 
influences than formerly. Mars passed the Sun at the 
time of the floods in the Eastern States, Uranus un- 
der good influences puts a quietus on labor difficul- 
ties for the present, and also brings relief to prisoners. 
The war problem also gets a rest. At the close of 
this book you will find a complete list of the charts 
and explanations attached for reference. 



50 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

CHAPTER VI. 
Religion. 

For years we were in doubt as to what section of 
the chart governed religion, but while reading the 10 
commandments we discovered that there we could 
not only determine the position of religion, but we 
could also outline other indications of the Signs. We 
find a complete compendium of all the sins to which 
flesh is heir, arranged according to the Signs. The 
first 4 commandments deal with our duty to God r 
hence we assume that religion is governed by them, 
the 1st. Sign being the fountain head. We read in 
Matthew xxii., 24, that a lawyer who wished to en- 
trap Christ said, "Master, which is the greatest com- 
mandment in the law?" And Jesus said unto him, 
"Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, 
with all thy soul, and with all thy mind. This is the 
first and great commandment, and the second is like 
unto it. Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself. 
On these two commandments hang all the law and 
the prophets." Thus we see the same division made 
by Christ, the first four dealing with our duty to God, 
and the remaining six, or eight, as we call them, deal- 
ing with our duty to our fellow man. A brief glance 
at the commandments will prove interesting; the sins 
of each Sign in the chart are here enumerated in 
their logical order. We will for convenience couple 
the opposite signs as we have done in the charts. 

1st. Commandment — "Thou shalt have no other 
gods before me." 7th. — "Thou shalt not commit adul- 
tery;" the 1st. and 7th. governing religion and mar- 
riage. Here fidelity to God and fidelity in the mar- 
riage relation are coupled. 

2nd. and 8th. — "Thou shalt not make unto thee 



RELIGION 51 

any graven image", and "Thou shalt not steal." The 
2nd. forbids the worship of material things instead of 
the worship of God, and the 8th. the accumulation of 
worldly goods by dishonest means. These explain 
our duty to God and our duty to man in material 
things. 

3rd. and 9th. — "Thou shalt not take the name of 
the Lord thy God in vain", and "Thou shalt not bear 
false witness against thy neighbor." These forbid 
speaking reproachfully of either God or man. The 
3rd. and 9th. Signs govern language. 

4th. and 10th. — "Remember the Sabbath day to 
keep it holy", and "Thou shalt not covet thy neigh- 
bor's house." The 4th. Sign is the time keeper. The 
Sun, Moon and Stars w r ere made under the 4th. Sign, 
and they are the time keepers ; this explains our duty 
to God with regard to time, giving him one day in 
seven. Houses come under the 4th. Sign, and we are 
warned against coveting them. 

The 5th. and 11th. are, "Honor thy father and thy 
mother", and "Thou shalt not covet thy neighbor's 
wife." The 5th. and 11th. Signs governing children 
explain the duties of children as children, and also 
forbid the illegitimate birth of children. 

6th. and 12th. — "Thou shalt not kill", and "Thou 
shalt not covet thy neighbor's manservant, nor his 
maidservant, nor his ox, nor his ass, nor anything that 
is thy neighbor's." Thou shalt not kill comes direct- 
ly under the 12th. Sign, and servants and animals also 
come under the 6th. and 12th. 

Some one will say, I never knew there were 12 
commandments ; there surely are 12, but that is not 
a matter of any importance. This outline corresponds 
exactly with the indications of the 12 Signs. 

We also wish to briefly glance at the account of 
the creation as given in the 1st. chapter of Genesis. 



52 SOCIAL SCIENCE. 

On the 1st. day, which we will call Monday, God 
created light, and divided light from the darkness ; 
this corresponds with the point between the 12th. and 
1st. Signs in the chart. The 12th. stands for "dark- 
ness and hate", and the 1st. for "love and light". 
Christ says, "Ye are the light of the world" ; light and 
religion are frequently associated in the Bible. Love 
and light are also frequently associated. 

On the 2nd. day (Tuesday), God created the 
Firmament, or Heaven, as it is called. The 2nd. 
Sign stands for earthly reward (money) and the re- 
ward of the soul, Heaven. 

On the beginning of the 3rd. day (Wednesday), we 
find him creating the landscape : the dry land appears, 
and grass and herb and tree spring forth into exis- 
tence. The 3rd. Sign is the traveling sign, and every- 
thing that goes to form a landscape comes under the 
3rd. Houses and land come between the 3rd. and 4th. 
Signs, the material for the house coming from the 
3rd., while the art of construction comes from the 
4th., just the same as the material for a book comes 
from the 3rd., and the mechanical part of the work 
comes from the 4th. 

At the beginning of the 4th. (Thursday), he said, 
"Let there be light in the firmament of Heaven, to 
divide the day from the night, and let them be for 
signs, and for seasons, and for days and years" ; Signs 
here must refer to the indications of the planets. If 
w r e may judge by the chart we have presented in As- 
tronomy, this science comes under the 4th. Sign. 

In the beginning of the 5th. day (Friday), God be- 
gan to create life, and the 5th. Sign is the point which 
governs life creating functions in all horoscopes. He 
commenced with the lower forms of animal life which 
inhabit the sea. He created fish and he created them 
on Fridav: fish and Fridav are still associated. He 



RELIGION 53 

also created the fowls of the air in the 5th. Sign ; fish 
and fowl apparently belong to the 5th. and 11th. 
Signs. The stork has for many years been associated 
with the birth of infants. In the beginning of the 
6th. day, God created all the animals and everything 
that creepeth upon the face of the earth ; the 6th. Sign 
governs animals. Adam was probably created at the 
same time and Eve at the beginning of the 1st. Sign, 
this being the marriage sign; the account in the Bible 
is not quite clear on this point. God created man in 
his own image, a little lower than the angels. In our 
spiritual state we shall be like him. We care not 
whether these days were actual days or periods of 
1000 years or more ; had God considered the matter of 
any importance he could have told us. 

Although we lack an Ephemeris to throw light up- 
on Bible times, we could wander through its pages, 
and pick up a point almost anywhere, to elucidate the 
principles of planetary influence. Animals and ene- 
mies seem often to run together; animals w^ere used 
as a peace offering in Old Testament times. In the 
case of Adam and Eve, enemies and animals and 
fruit came together ; all of these belong to the 12th. 
Sign. The serpent and the forbidden fruit made ene- 
mies for them ; the Lord told Adam about the forbid- 
den fruit before Eve was created, and Adam appar- 
ently talked it over with Eve, and w r as courteous 
enough to give her the first bite. That is all there is 
to the great mystery of the temptation. Satan temp- 
ted both Adam and Eve. True, Adam laid the blame 
on Eve, just as man has been laying the blame on 
woman ever since. That is one of the mysterious oi- 
fices of womankind; if she does not do a thing her- 
self, she tempts man to do it. 

Moses twice experienced a signal deliverance 
through the agency of water. Pharaoh's daughter 



54 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

found him in an ark when she came to the river to 
bathe and took him to her home; again the Egyptians 
were drowned while they were pursuing him across 
the Red Sea. Moses was born under circumstances 
similar to those under which Jesus was born. All the 
male children were being killed; each must have had 
a very strong 12th. Sign. Fighting and animals play 
a very prominent part in Bible times. Christ was 
born in a stable and cradled in a manger, showing 
that his 12th. Sign must have been very strong. 
Christ was not baptized, neither did he enter into 
any active work until he was about 30 years of age. 
Probably he would have met his death earlier if he 
had come into contact with the masses in the same 
w r ay. It w^as also in the purpose of God that he 
should reach the period of the highest development 
before being offered up as a sacrifice. 

In Genesis we read that giants lived in those days, 
and that they lived to be nearly 1000 years of age. It 
is probable that the race is becoming smaller and 
shorter lived, with quicker pulse, quicker action, and 
more rapid development. Someone writes, "We 
count time by heart throbs, not by figures on a dial." 
It is asserted by astronomers that stars are increas- 
ing their speed ; if so there is probably a correspond- 
ing change in human existence. This is a rushing 
world compared with the world of Bible times. 
Christ was probably not any older at 30 than a man 
of these times would be at 25. The time of his minis- 
try was short ; others could preach but he alone could 
perform the work of redemption. At the time of his 
crucifixion planetary conditions must have reached 
the greatest climax in history; never until Christ 
comes again shall we behold anything similar. The 
land was in darkness for the space of three hours ; 
the earth did quake, rocks were rent, the graves were 



RELIGION 55 

opened and many of the saints arose. The veil in 
the temple, symbolic of the thin veil which divides 
the seen from the unseen, was rent in twain and it 
seemed for a time as if there was no dividing 
line between this world and the next. We assume 
that Christ, who was subject to like temptation with 
us, came under planetary influences in the same man- 
ner. His 12th. Sign and 2nd. seem to have been the 
leading points at this time. He was betrayed for 30 
pieces of silver, and crucified between thieves ; the 
incident of the alabaster box of ointment, in which 
Christ was told by his disciples that the box might 
have been sold and the money given to the poor im- 
mediately preceded his betrayal ; before this came the 
parable of the talents. We cannot dwell long upon 
this most important event in the history of the 
world, but one point strikes us as being the 
most mysterious, the most pathetic, the most deplor- 
able feature of this amazing tragedy. Christ was cru- 
cified by the church, He was sold to the priests, by 
one of his own disciples, for 30 pieces of silver. Then 
Judas took the money back to the priests and went 
and hanged himself. The priests could not put the 
money in the treasury, for it was the price of blood, 
so they bought a field with it in which to bury pau- 
pers. 

He was accused by the chief priests and elders, and 
when Pilate was more than willing to release him, 
they cried out crucify him, crucify him. "He came 
unto his own and his own received him not." They 
said, "Who hath made this man to rule over us." "Is 
not this Joseph the Carpenter's son?" This fellow 
said, "I am able to destroy the temple of God and to 
build it in three days." Because Jesus did not come 
as a great king they showed naught but contempt 
for him. They were not ignorant, the chief priests 



56 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

and scribes had read the prophesies concerning the 
coming of the Messiah and knew that he was to be 
"despised and rejected of men, a man of sorrows, and 
acquainted with grief," and yet that awful demon 
pride came in between them and the greatest blessing 
ever vouchsafed to man, the love and companionship 
of the blessed Saviour of the world. Would the church 
of the present day crucify Christ afresh if he came to 
them as he came to the church of old? This is a very 
serious and a very terrible question to answer. Of 
his ministry it is needless to write ; it shows a great 
heart full of love for every one, friends and enemies 
as well ; He went about raising the dead, healing the 
sick, comforting the sorrowful and converting the sin- 
ful. Some one has said that Jesus never saw any one 
in distress without relieving them. He traveled 
around as a living benediction, never thinking of self 
— had not even "where to lay his head." 

It is said of Ludwig Beethoven that his broth- 
er came to visit him, and finding him out, left a card 
bearing his name and "land proprietor" scribbled un- 
derneath. Ludwig not to be outdone returned the 
compliment by leaving a card at his brother's home 
with "brain proprietor" scribbled underneath. One 
man is proud of his land and another man of his 
brains, but the man who is a heart proprietor, is the 
one who lays up treasure in heaven, like the lowly 
Jesus, he becomes the servant of his fellow man, that 
he may minister to the necessity of those around him, 
and, henceforth there is laid up for him a crown of 
righteousness. It is interesting to notice how many 
times the expression "that the scripture might be ful- 
filled," occurs in the gospels narrating the life of 
Christ. Whether this expression implies fore-ordin- 
ation or merely fore-knowledge, or both it is difficult 
to ascertain ; but there is one thing certain and that 



RELIGION 



57 



is, we are all blindly following the lead of fate to a 
far greater extent than we realize. This question will 
be dealt with in another chapter. 

Xo. 3 is the Chart of a celebrated divine known as 
"the boy preacher/' who at the age of 18 years took 
charge of a Baptist congregation ; he began by deliv- 
ering cottage sermons. At the age of 20 he moved to 
Park Chapel, London, and at 27 the great Metropol- 
itan Tabernacle w T as opened, with Stockwell Orphan- 
age in connection. He also founded a pastors' college, 
and edited a paper. His sermons were published as 
they were delivered, and afterwards in book form, 
many volumes being translated into foreign languages. 
You will notice that Mercury has passed Venus in 
the 11th Sign, while he was quite young and this 
would tend to bring him before the public early and 




"THE BOY PREACHER" 



58 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



also account for his starting as a school-teacher. Sat- 
urn and Alars in the point between the 10th and 11th 
cause him to build an orphanage. The 4th stands 
for building, and the 5th for children. Mars and Sat- 
urn bring him into contact with children in trouble. 

The three points which require to be strong in order 
to become a successful minister of the Gospel are the 
7th. Sign for Religion and Study; the 3rd. for writ- 
ing, and the 11th. for coming into contact with the 
public. The 3rd. also controls visiting, but some of 
the ablest preachers do not visit much; we presume 
visiting detracts from writing. In Xo 3 the strongest 
point is his 3rd. Sign for writing; this accounts for 
his sermons being published wholesale as they were, 
and for his editing a paper. We do not think that 
everyone with his horoscope would accomplish the 




f¥6-lt 

EMINENT AMERICAN DIVINE 



RELIGION 



59 



same work ; he doubtless had inherited certain endow- 
ments of mind and body which also contributed tow- 
ard making him what he was. 

No. 4, who was a celebrated American divine, will 
next be considered ; his 2nd. Sign is very strong. 
Planets in the 1st. run a strong conjunction with the 
2nd. Sign : assuming that heaven comes under the 
2nd. Sign, we must admit that he excelled in his con- 
ceptions of heaven, and his imagery is very beautiul 
in many of his writings. There are several interest- 
ing points in his horoscope. His church was de- 
stroyed by fire three times, and he was married three 
times, his first wife being drowned. You will notice 
that Neptune is under very bad influences, so also is 
Venus; Mars and Venus run a conjunction from 
about 30 years of age to near the end. Mars being in 




A 



i\fo. 5' 
GREAT EVANGELIST 



60 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



good company, he gains by fire; each time a more 
beautiful church was built. When Mercury comes 
into the 3rd. Sign, he gives himself up to traveling 
and writing. We have not secured the exact dates, 
so cannot give the Transits when these events took 
place. 

Passing on to No. 5, the horoscope of a celebrated 
American evangelist, we find Saturn in his 4th. Sign 
governing his father and mother ; his father died when 
he was quite young, and his mother was left with 
nine children. He worked and attended school at the 
same time, and later when the Moon entered his 12th. 
Sign he went to work in his uncle's shoe shop ; uncles 
and shoes come under the 12th. Sign. Shortly after- 
ward he opened a shop of his own, and cleared $5000 




No. 6 



NOTED FOREIGN MISSIONARY 



RELIGION 



61 



the 1st. year, but being interested in Mission work 
and being especially successful along that line, he 
soon became the unordained pastor of a church. He 
also had his Y. M. C. A. buildings and home destroyed 
by fire, but rebuilt. While the Moon was in his gi- 
gantic 1st. Sign he built a Seminary for girls, and two 
years later a school for boys. Our chart is taken at 
this period. He was presented with $30,000 on his 
60th. birthday. With this he built a chapel for the 
school. The 1st. Sign shows wonderful brain power 
and a strong conjunction between the 1st. and 2nd. 
should give him great fluency of speech ; moreover 
his religious fervor was not all educated out of him 
before he entered on his field of labor. It requires 
more brain power to simplify religion or anything 
else for that matter than it does to give a learned 




AW 
A SUCCESSFUL PASTOR 



62 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

discourse. His power to simplify and elucidate re- 
ligious doctrines and principles was wonderful. 

Our next Chart. Xo. 6, is that of a noted foreign 
missionary who has done a great work in the islands 
of the sea. Mars in his 3rd. Sign shows that he has 
encountered danger in his travels, perhaps bloodshed; 
it also often indicates suffering from heat. Saturn 
and the Sun in conjunction in his 11th. Sign indicate 
death to friends in a notable manner. Mercury and 
Venus form a conjunction between his 11th. and 12th. 
Signs, giving him great success in teaching and in 
appearing before public audiences. About the time 
of this chart, he made a tour of America soliciting 
aid for his work, and drew immense audiences. You 
will find three good planets in the 12th. Sign ; these 
should give him victory over his enemies ; they would 
also give him success in journeys upon foot, many of 
which he has taken. Uranus is found in the 1st. 
Sign ; this planet frequently stands for foreigners, and 
he married a native. By this act he gained the con- 
fidence of the people, and opened up a field in which 
he met with almost unprecedented success. 

Our last chart, Xo. 7, shows the pastor of a beauti- 
ful city church ; we know very little of his life, but 
his planets occupy the three points usually occupied 
in a chart of a minister of the Gospel, viz., the 1st. 
for study, the 3rd. for writing, and the 11th. for pub- 
lic gatherings. It may be said that X T o. 5 had a weak 
11th. Sign, but we must remember that a gifted sing- 
er was associated with him during the years of his 
greatest success, and he had a very strong 11th. Sign. 
X^o. 5 would draw women very strongly through his 
1st. Sign, and he would draw students of all classes 
through the 1st.; he should have been remarkably 
successful among the latter, and we believe he was ; 



RELIGION 63 

his revival in Edinburgh University is evidence on 
that point. 

We have one suggestion here which should be es- 
pecially helpful to ministers of the Gospel. A man 
with a chart such as No. 5 shows might not require 
to prepare his sermons. With a heavy conjunction be- 
tween the 1st. and 2nd. Signs, he might be able to 
open his mouth and speak as the spirit moved him. 
Under these circumstances his address would eman- 
ate directly from his horoscope, whereas if he had 
prepared his discourse some time previously, and de- 
livered it when the Moon had changed to another 
Sign, it would come awkwardly. Ministers frequent- 
ly select a different sermon an hour or two before en- 
tering the pulpit ; the sermon they had prepared for 
the occasion seemed out of place, because the Moon 
had changed. To obviate this difficulty, they should 
keep an Ephemeris before them just as they keep a 
calendar, and always prepare the sermon about two 
weeks in advance, while the Moon is in the same 
Sign in which it will be when the sermon is delivered. 
If an old sermon is to be used, select one that fits 
the time. Different planets may appear in that Sign 
and that will lead them to make a itw changes in it. 
This rule also applies to lecturing, music, the stage, 
and everything that is to be presented to a public 
audience. If the work prepared corresponds with the 
Sign in which the Moon stands when you come be- 
fore an audience, you will meet with much greater 
success than you would otherwise. It will come nat- 
urally, spontaneously, and from the heart ; in other 
words it will come with power, and coming with 
power will leave a deep impression upon the audience. 
We want to get rid of that which is merely formal 
and mechanical. A singer may have a perfect voice, 
and yet create no impression. You have all heard this 



64 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

sort of singing in a church congregation. Every- 
thing that is worth while must have heart and soul 
in it. In preparing this book all that falls under the 
1st. Sign was written while the Moon w r as in the 1st. 
Sign, and the other Signs the same. YVe found that 
we could not succeed otherwise. 



CHAPTER VII. 

Education. 

We feel that education in these days is being 
handled in a manner satisfactory to all ; we should 
like however to see a text book upon moral and civil 
law or something of that sort to establish more ef- 
fectually a rule of conduct for our young people. We 
wish also to call attention to the danger of over 
crowding in connection with education. A child who 
has a natural talent along some particular line, as 
most children have, should be allowed to cultivate 
that talent even at the expense of other branches of 
learning; and many subjects should be only taught to 
those who have a special talent for them. We notice 
that the men and the women who have risen to first 
rank in the world have been largely those of whom 
it might be said, that their schooling had been ne- 
glected. Frequently the home is broken up by death 
of parents, ill-health or poverty, and sometimes iso- 
lated surroundings have interfered with educational 
privileges, or it may be that they have been educated 
in a private school where the teacher recognized their 
special talents and used discretion in a choice of 
studies. For some reason they were allowed to drift 
along, and to concentrate their energies along a spec- 
ial line, until they had acquired distinction. A good 



EDUCATION 65 

all-around development and a marked special devel- 
opment are scarcely to be expected. Rosa Bonheur, 
Robert Burns, Herbert Spencer, Stephenson, Edison, 
and a host of others might be mentioned to illustrate 
the power of early special development. This is one 
place where the poor man's son often has an advan- 
tage over the rich. He is not burdened with a full 
college course. "Jack of all trades and master of 
none", is too often verified in actual life. 

The four departments governed by the 1st. Sign, 
religion, education, marriage, and dress, are strangely 
mingled and intermingled with each other. It has 
been the custom for many years for the Church to 
solemnize marriages. We see no reason why the 
State might not do so just as properly: the State 
takes charge of the marriage before and after it is 
solemnized ; it issues the license, grants divorce, pro- 
secutes those who marry illegally, oversees the care of 
the children, etc. This reminds us of a statement 
made by one of our leading clergymen to the effect 
that when the church united the parties in marriage, 
only the church could grant divorce. Religion and 
marriage appear to be naturally associated ; religion 
and education also go hand in hand. When a young 
man becomes zealous in spiritual things, and wishes 
to enter the ministry, he is sent to spend years in 
completing his education. Sometimes we think he 
is educated at the expense of religion, and often loses 
his fervor before he enters the active work of the 
ministry. When the Gospel is sent to the heathen, 
education is sent along with it, and often clothing 
as well ; religion, education, and clothing thus trav- 
eling together. Marriage and education are even 
more frequently found hobnobbing together. Many 
courtships are started in connection with school and 
college life and many who are disappointed in mar- 



66 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

riage turn their attention to study. We would dis- 
courage flirtation in connection with school and col- 
lege life, although it would be rather difficult in our 
present system of co-education, and our girls should 
be permitted to take a university course, just the 
same as the boys. Love-making and study coming 
under the same sign, one detracts from the other, and 
we would advise our young people to study first and 
court afterward. 

According to the Apostle Paul, marriage detracts 
from religion : I Corinthians vii., 32, 33 ; and probably 
dress detracts from marriage. We recollect a young 
lady who made the following remark on the eve of her 
wedding: "I don't feel as if I were going to be mar- 
ried, I wonder what is wrong with me" ; and yet she 
had been engaged for several years, and was marry- 
ing the only sweet-heart she ever had. We just think 
that her mind had been so fully pre-occupied gather- 
ing up all sorts of finery that she had in a manner 
forgotten the man. 

Our first Chart, Xo. 8, is that of a professor who 
is noted, not only as an educator, but as a writer. 
The works by which he is best known are "Natural 
Law in the Spiritual World" and "Love the greatest 
thing in the world." Our Chart shows the position of 
the planets at the time the latter was published. Some 
men would have been getting married about this time 
(The Moon is leaving the 1st. Sign under good influ- 
ences) but he had long before given his life up to re- 
ligious and educational work, hence he gives us a 
treatise on love instead of being married. Probably 
had he been married at this time the world would 
never have seen this little book of which 185,000 
copies were sold in six months. 

"Natural Law in the Spiritual World" was pub- 
lished while the Moon was in the 3rd. and 4th. Signs. 



EDUCATION 



67 



It also had a very large circulation, and 21 books and 
pamphlets were written criticising it. He succeeded 
in making a little stir in the world, and he is just 
as highly respected today as before these criticisms 
were published. Seventeen biographies were written 
of him after his death. He was professor of natural 
sciences in Edinburgh University, and had the honor 
of teaching students from all parts of the world; 
being very much loved by the students and his college 
associates. It is said that he had a sunny disposition 
and a nobility of character that attracted all men to 
him. "The Greatest Thing in the World" gives us 
the key to his character. He is a plain and pointed 
writer, and everyone should read this little volume. 
Such passages as the following are well worth mem- 
orizing: "What makes a man a good athlete? Prac- 




Jfo-t 

PROFESSOR OF NATURAL SCIENCE 



68 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

tice." What makes a man a good man? Practice. " 
During his last illness, which was very trying, 
he said to a friend, "I cannot shake hands, but I have 
a good story for you." He was noted for geniality 
and cheerfulness. He was a man who was brilliant 
socially, and yet he loved the quiet places of the earth. 
His nature studies led him to travel in many obscure 
places. Uranus and Saturn in the 3rd. and 4th. favor 
the study of Natural Science. Assuming as we do 
that Saturn rules the Earth, and Uranus rules the air, 
plant life derives all nourishment from these two 
sources. 

There is another point, in connection with plant 
life and in relation to color, that seems to be worth 
investigating. There are three primary colors : red, 
blue, and yellow. All other colors, so far as we know, 
may be derived from these. Mars we believe gov- 
erns red, Saturn yellow, and Uranus blue. Our main 
reason for believing that Mars governs red is the fact 
that the planet is of a reddish color ; then we know 
that Mars governs bloodshed and fire. It is also be- 
lieved that this color stimulates a fighting spirit. "A 
red rag to a bull" is a well known expression. The 
fact that plants in a dark, closed place grow yellow 
instead of green, connects yellow with the earth. 
When they are exposed to the air, they draw the blue 
element from the air and the blue combines with the 
yellow to form green. Blue is the only color we can 
connect with the air. Mountains in the distance ap- 
pear blue. A clear sky appears blue, and water at a 
distance appears blue ; this is the blue of the air. 
Water itself is not blue any more than mountains 
are blue. Here we have a foundation for the study of 
color. These few hints have been given in connection 
with natural science, as we will not have space for a 
special chapter on color. Nearly all coloring matter 



EDUCATION 



69 



is derived from plant life, or low forms of animal 
life. It strikes one at first as strange that these beau- 
tiful colors which form the foundation of all color de- 
rive their beauty from the influences of what we call 
the bad planets : Uranus, Saturn, and Mars, and yet 
we must remember that plant life feeds on the corrup- 
tion and demoralization of animal life. Plant life 
does not require any pure food laws in order to 
thrive. Decay and putrefaction provide the elements 
out of which these beautiful blossoms and softly 
tinted leaves are formed. This view of the subject 
throws light upon what would otherwise appear mys- 
terious to the student. Plant life demands the demor- 
alization of animal life. We believe that animals 
come under planetary influence much the same as 




No. 9 

PRESIDENT OF A UNIVERSITY 



70 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



human beings, although want of space prevents our 
opening up this branch of the subject. 

Chart No. 9 is that of another student of Natural 
Science. He was born on Jan. 19, 1851, and No. 8 on 
Aug. 17, 1851, about six months later. This brings 
them practically under the same Sign, and conse- 
quently there is a striking similarity between the 
horoscopes of the two men. Mars removed to the 
12th. in the latter relieves conditions for health and 
accident, in his horoscope, and gives him a greater 
interest in animals and war, and all that pertains to 
the 12th. Sign. He has been interested in the Alaskan 
fisheries, and has made a specialty of Zoology in his 
Scientific research. Venus and the Moon standing 
between the 4th. and 5th. Signs lead him to take an 
interest in "Eugenics, or the art of being well born". 




M-io 

AN EMINENT HISTORIAN 



EDUCATION 



71 



the 4th. Sign standing for parents and the 5th. for 
children. Mercury coming into conjunction with the 
Sun and Mars between the 12th. and 1st. and oppo- 
site a large conjunction in the Transits leads him 
travel, speak, and write in connection with the War 
topic. He has been for a number of years President 
of one of the most richly endowed Universities in the 
world, and might be reclining in the lap of luxury, 
but he still feels the weight of suffering humanity 
upon his shoulders. 

In No. 10 we have a distinguished British, Cana- 
dian historian, who made himself famous or in- 
famous by advocating the annexation of Canada to 
the United States; a writer of history, teacher of his- 
tory, and maker of history. His 12th. Sign is very 
strong. At first sight this reminds us of a story told 




Jb./i 

A TITLED ASTRONOMER 



72 



SOCJAL SCIENCE 



of a little boy who was asked by his teacher if he did 
not believe in war. "No," said he "war, makes his- 
tory, and there is more history than I can study now." 
There is more truth than poetry in the child's remark ; 
the study of history means the continuous recital of 
wars and conflicts between the nations, hence the 
strong 12th. Sign in the horoscope before us. His 
3rd. and 4th. stand for reading and writing and the 
12th. for war also political and social reforms. All 
his planets stand at these two points. He is known 
to be a man who was not afraid to express his views 
on any subject. 

Xo. 11 is a famous English astronomer, who bears a 
title. His father was a naturalist and doubtless he 
inherited a taste for a more mysterious branch of na- 
ture study, that of the heavens. We find Venus and 




No. 12 

BLIND, DEAF, AND DUMB 



EDTCATION 



73 



Mercury and the Moon forming a conjunction with 
Uranus, Saturn and Mars in the 4th. Sign. From 
the account of the Creation we decided that astron- 
omy came under the 4th. Sign. Other astronomers 
we find with a strong 4th. The 4th. Sign we believe 
gives Mathematical ability and this is very essential 
to the successful study of astronomy. 

This great scientist has published about twelve 
w r orks on astronomy and has been President of the 
Royal Astronomical Society and Director of the Ob- 
servatory. 

In No. 12., we have a teacher blind, deaf and dumb. 
One would wonder how r she could impart instruction 
to any one, and yet she taught in a school for the 
blind. It is thought she might have been taught the 
art of speech had the method followed later been 




>o/3 
TALENTED PRIMARY TEACHER 



74 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

understood. Despite her severe affliction, it is said 
bv those who knew her that she enjoyed life as much 
or more than most persons do. The loss of her senses 
was due to an attack of scarlet fever when she was 
scarcely more than two years of age. Uranus and 
Saturn in close conjunction with the Sun in the 2nd. 
Sign near the 1st. caused the trouble. Neptune also 
comes into the conjunction. Great care should be 
taken in prescribing medicine for those who have Nep- 
tune in a bad position. Danger from all liquids is 
indicated. 

Our last Chart, No 13, is that of a successful lady 
teacher in a city school. At the time this Chart is 
taken, Venus and Murcury form a conjunction in her 
1st. Sign; Mars however is in the 1st. and she lost 
her husband early in life. He died suddenly and she 
was left with a boy; her 11th. Sign being especially 
good the boy proved to be a great comfort to her. 
Her 11th. Sign also gives her success with children 
in school work. Her 3rd. is ominous ; brothers and 
sisters come under the 3rd. sign and she cared for an 
invalid sister for many years in addition to her school 
work. Hers is one of those useful lives, which doubt- 
less has treasure laid up in heaven. For common 
school work the 1st. and 11th. are the drawing Signs. 
A teacher and an actress draw on the same points 
and the work is in many respects similar. In higher 
education other points come in. We have given ex- 
amples in Natural Science, Zoology, History and As- 
tronomy. We should like to give many others. It 
is a notable fact that President Wilson formerly of 
Princeton, President Hadley of Yale and President 
Lowell of Harvard were all born in the same year and 
have similar horoscopes. 



DRESS 75 

CHAPTER VIII. 
Dress. 

We make no distinction between men and women 
from an astrological standpoint. If any distinction 
should be made we have not discerned the fact; each 
is subject to like temptations and endowed with like 
intellectual gifts. There are distinct differences in 
the appearance and habits of the two sexes, but these 
we attribute to physical peculiarities. 

In order to elucidate planetary influence in the mat- 
ter of dress let us regard Aries as the 1st. Sign. Tau- 
rus the 2nd. Gemini the 3rd. and so on ; Aries then 
will govern the upper part of the head, Taurus the 
lower; Gemini the shoulders, and hands. In 1908 
Saturn entered Aries : Saturn is a cold planet and 
leads to wearing thin clothing or laying the skin bare. 
Mars is a warm planet and leads to wearing warm 
clothing frequently choosing red as a color. A con- 
junction of Mars and Saturn leads to such eccentric- 
ities as wearing a fur collar around the neck, and ex- 
posing the bare throat and chest to the chilly air, as 
you see women doing occasionally. Conjunctions of 
Mars and Saturn bring on epidemics of la grippe, 
influenza and pneumonia, induced by sudden changes 
of temperature ; being" over-heated and then exposed 
to a chill. The body will stand heat or cold but sud- 
den changes from heat to cold are dangerous. We 
mention this fact here as we will probably not be in 
a position to devote a chapter to disease. 

Saturn in Aries governing the upper part of the 
head, led women to adopt the practice of traveling 
with their heads uncovered, and sitting in public 
places with their hats removed. In 1909 Jupiter came 
into conjunction with Saturn in Aries, and Jupiter 



76 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

being the largest planet led women to adopt the large 
hat as a head covering. Saturn in Aries and Taurus 
also led men to shave off their beards and women to 
dope with powder to excess; for Saturn rules death 
and anything that gives a deathly appearance to the 
face. Saturn has passed on, and the word has gone 
forth that powder closes up the pores of the skin and 
is injurious; and so it is not so extensively used. 
Doubtless someone will proclaim the fact that a man 
is not at his best without a beard and the beard will 
be allowed to grow again. When Saturn enters the 
3rd Sign ladies adopt the style of wearing their 
dresses very low around the neck and short sleeves, 
but when this planet enters the 4th, it comes into 
conjunction with the Sun in the 5th. The Sun always 
stands in the 5th, controlling the region of the heart. 
The Sun near the change between the 4th and 5th, 
runs a conjunction with all planets in these two 
Signs. Tight-lacing comes under the Sun conjunc- 
tions, and in our opinion women have no room to 
throw slurs at men for any foolish habit in which 
they indulge, until they abandon this reprehensible 
practice. Neither a woman's muscles nor her vital 
organs can maintain a normal condition under the 
pressure of steels. Some women say they cannot 
live without them, and if that is the case, it is a sign 
that they have been injured by them. The muscles 
become weakned to such an extent that some sup- 
port is necessary. Women should have the same 
freedom in wearing apparel as men. The close fitting 
waist is neither beautiful nor comfortable. A cos- 
tume that is graceful and convenient, and does not 
demand the use of steel, is the only rational cos- 
tume to adopt. It is of the utmost importance that a 
woman's muscles should have full play and should 
grow strong with abundant freedom and healthful 



DRESS 77 

exercise. We also believe that scant, tight-fitting 
clothing or partial dishabille are not conducive to the 
highest moralit) r nor the purest, most beautiful sen- 
timentality. Angels are not represented attired thus, 
and the pictures which are associated with the pure 
and holy life of Christ show the beautiful, artistic, 
flowing robes of the Jewish and Roman countries. 

We recollect hearing a talented elocutionist recite 
a story from the life of Christ. The selection was 
well rendered, and she was an attractive looking 
young lady, but her costume appeared entirely out of 
place; it might have been suitable for a dance hall. 
The neck was low, sleeves about three inches in 
length, waist close fitting, skirt close fitting, about 
two yards in width, and scarcely reaching the shoe- 
tops. There seemed to be something so utterly in- 
congruous about the situation, that the effect pro- 
duced was very bad. The Sun conjunction governs 
the limbs above the ankles as coming opposite the 
heart. This conjunction runs very strong at the pres- 
ent time, and the tendency seems to be to show up 
that part of the anatomy at any cost. Even men turn 
their trousers at the bottom and pull them up when 
they sit down, to exhibit their fancy hosiery. The feet 
should be allowed all possible freedom as they stand 
opposite to the stomach, and are consequently in- 
timately connected with this organ. Sandal effects 
would be very desirable, particularly in warm cli- 
mates. Much might be said regarding the present de- 
testable skirt worn by women, but we must remem- 
ber that many women wear it under protest. Many 
find it almost a necessity to go to the ready made 
clothing store and buy what they require. When 
they do, they must either wear a regulation narrow 
skirt, or hunt all over town for goods to match, and 
take it to a dressmaker, paying almost a double price 



78 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

for their purchase. Most women wear them as they 
buy them, but many wear them under protest, and 
many would not wear them if they could see them- 
selves as others see them. Coming down to facts, 
the manufacturers design all the styles, and are ex- 
ploiting the health, decency and comfort of all wo- 
mankind, for the sake of the immense profits which 
are made by them. 

Remember, only about one-half the material is re- 
quired that was used a few years ago when pleated 
skirts were worn, and you have to pay the same price 
for a suit. Three yards of material at $2.00 per yard 
gives them a premium of $6.00 on a suit. Why not 
make the skirts narrow and short, the sleeves short, 
and the neck low? It all helps to swell the coffers of 
the manufacturers and to create millionaires, a com- 
modity which is becoming every day more plentiful 
in this money cursed earth. Don't forget when you 
are crushing your body into a suit that is too narrow, 
or too short, that you are doing this to help some poor 
millionaire along ; doubtless he will be very grateful 
to you. We hear some nice people speak of Adam 
and Eve as being naked before the fall, even hinting 
that clothing and wickedness are counterparts. We 
have very little knowledge of the condition of Adam 
and Eve before the fall, but we know that God made 
coats of skin for them after the fall, and that should 
settle the matter of clothing with us. The best living 
persons are those who dress modestly. Lack of mod- 
esty in wearing apparel has always been associated 
with the doings of the underworld. The first step 
towards reforming these unfortunates should be to in- 
sist upon modest, inconspicuous wearing apparel. 
This is another instance of reaching the cause from 
the effect. Much has been said regarding a uniform 
for schools and colleges, and we believe that such a 



DRESS 79 

course would be very beneficial to girl students and 
boys as well. Girls give far too much attention to 
their clothes, and boys give far too much attention to 
girls. If girls were all dressed alike, they would not 
attract so much attention, and they would not spend 
so much valuable time planning up some new thing 
in dress. Education, dress, and flirtation all come 
under the same sign, and if you want education to 
flourish, cut out the other two as far as possible. Any 
one of these detracts strongly from the others. Re- 
ligion also comes under the same sign, and we be- 
lieve dress detracts from religion. Ask any minister 
of the gospel who is the greatest saint in his Church, 
and he will almost invariably point to some plain un- 
pretentious person who just puts on enough style to 
pass in a crowd. Those who dress elaborately are 
more liable to attend church for the purpose of show- 
ing themselves, than to attend it in a true devotional 
spirit. It would not be half so objectionable to dress 
elaborately at a theatre or a party. These occasions 
are in a manner, dress occasions, and dress does not 
detract from anything important connected with them, 
in church and school however dress should be neat 
and becoming, but not elaborate, a uniform costume 
preferable. 

If women are to keep pace with men in intellectual 
development they must dress more sensibly. The av- 
erage man spends not more than an hour a month on 
his clothing; he just drops into a clothing house or 
visits a tailor occasionally and there it ends. Compare 
this with the brain energy and time spent by women 
on their many elaborate costumes. We would not for 
one moment advocate the adoption of masculine dress 
by women : we see no reason why they might not 
have a few frills and furbelows : it is extravagance 
and craze for change to which we object. 



80 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



Men get new ideas, and women get new clothes. If 
women are to assist in the reformation of the world, 
they must cut out a few of their extravagances in 
dress and social functions ; as we have said before 
time and brain energy are frittered away on these 
things. 

No. 14 was a successful saleslady, who went into 
a ladies suit department, and drew heavy sales with 
little or no previous experience. You will notice that 
the 1st. Sign, governing dress is good, and that Jupiter 
and the Sun stand on each side of her money sign. 
To be a good salesman, you should draw money 
strongly. What you draw for yourself you draw for 
your employer. Certainly the lady with this horo- 
scope would not work cheaply; the more she drew 
the more she would want for herself. Through a bad 




ko\h 

A SUCCESSFUL SALESLADY 



DRESS 81 

position of Venus, in the traveling sign her husband 
died while traveling and she went to meet the body. 
He left a large sum through insurance and she gave 
up her position and went on a trip. Probably she 
would spend a lot of money before she settled down. 
All her bad planets are in the 3rd. and 4th. It is one 
thing to get money and another to keep it. 

For Boots and Shoes, you should have a good 12th. 
Hosiery good 11th. and 12th., Underwear 10th., Gloves 
9th., Jewelry 8th., Hats and suits 7t'h. In selecting 
Xmas presents for friends you usually buy something 
that falls under the sign in which the Moon stands in 
the person's horoscope. If it is in the 1st. Sign you 
would buy a book or something for the head and so on. 



82 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

CHAPTER IX. 
Love and Marriage. 

This question announced, every one will want to 
know what hope there is for the solution of the mar- 
riage and divorce question. We wish we could give 
them a formula for happy mating, and turn the world's 
greatest battle ground into a veritable fairy-land, 
where love and happiness reigned, and the wail of the 
martyr was never heard ! 

We fear however that we cannot do this. Marriage 
troubles will be like seed time and harvest, they will 
endure until time shall be no more, for anything we 
can see. Those who have bad planets in 1st. and 7th. 
Signs must expect trouble connected with these Signs 
in some form. We will tell you however w r hat you 
can do when you find that marriage is not prospering 
in your hands. Uranus, Saturn and Mars, the planets 
which we consider detrimental in the marriage rela- 
tion, are quite otherwise in the pursuance of intel- 
lectual attainments. Uranus gives originality, Saturn 
imparts depth, and Mars argumentative power, all of 
which become essential when applied to intellectual 
pursuits. This view of the question explains the fact 
that so many literary men and women of note, have 
had difficulties in the marriage relation. Don't be 
discouraged ; there is a place for every one in the 
world, where he can be successful if he looks for it. 
Some one will say, you are discouraging marriage, 
and the race will die out; No danger! Better reduce 
the numbers until we have a better place for little 
folks to live in. We recollect a small boy who said 
to his mother. "The only thing I have against you 
Mama is because you borned me." If all the children 
feel that way better leave them where they are. This 



LOVE; AND MARRIAGE 83 

is no joke; few persons get through the world without 
wishing many times that they had never been born. 

Someone will want to know which is the best way 
to marry ; they will want to know whether cupid or 
eugenics will make the best match. In our opinion, 
eugenics never made and never will make a match. 
We think there is always more or less love in every 
marriage ; and some of the most disastrous marriages 
seem to have a good share of love in them. We rec- 
ollect a case where a man and woman were divorced; 
the man had treated his wife very cruelly, striking 
her on the head, and endangering her life by frequent 
acts of violence; he also used very abusive language. 
This would not seem so strange in a man who became 
intoxicated, but he did not drink. Following the sep- 
aration, he wrote a long letter to her almost every 
evening, pleading with her to come back to him, but 
she replied that she never could place confidence in 
him again. One day, as we met him on the street, 
he spoke of his former wife and asked if we thought 
she would ever come back to him ; we replied, that it 
appeared to be absolutely certain they never could live 
together, and he should go and forget it. He answered, 
"I never can forget her," and his eyes filled with 
tears, as he turned away. We have not secured his 
horoscope, but probably Venus and Mars were placed 
in the 1st. Sign. Love one minute, and war the next. 
These persons would have the same luck in marrying 
another party, unless the planets in the marriage sign 
had changed, or the trouble took some other form. 
Some have been very happily married with Mars in 
the 1st. Sign but it has ended in sudden death. 

We should never advise any one with regard to 
marrying ; they w T ill get what their Sign draws, but 
if they find things going badly we would advise them 



84 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

to give it up. Never mind what the world thinks of 
it. The world hasn't got the place to fill and you have. 
So many struggle on, hoping to right the wrong, or to 
cover up what may appear as a disgrace, until they 
have more than wasted many years of a valuable life. 
It may be that teachers and clergymen are in a meas- 
ure exempt from these troubles. Religion and educa- 
tion coming under the 7th. Sign may draw from mar- 
riage troubles. One would think that ministers were 
exempt considering the harsh judgment they give on 
the divorce question, and the peculiar views expressed 
by them. One of our leading ministers gave a series 
of sermons on divorce recently, and he stated that in 
his opinion married persons were divorced when they 
ceased to love each other ; and if they continued to live 
together they were committing sin ; he also stated 
that he would not allow them to remarry. Such a law 
as that would produce more disbanded homes than 
anything else; and stray children. There should be 
no more disgrace attached to a divorce than is attach- 
ed to any broken up partnership. So far as re-mar- 
age goes, a divorced person is either married or he is 
not married ; there can be no half way ground ; if he 
is married he should be able to produce his partner; 
if he is not married then he should be free to marry. 
Concerning the marriage vow : w^hen it is broken by 
one party it becomes null and void, the same as any 
other contract. We do not approve of the wording of 
the marriage ceremony. Someone objects to the word 
obey in the ceremony, but a lady truthfully remarks 
that she might be able to obey a man when she could 
not love and honor him ; love and honor cannot be 
manufactured to order. You may treat a person with 
kindness and a certain degree of respect, but love 
and honor that come from the heart must be won and 



LOVEi AND MARRIAGE 85 

held by merit in the other party to the contract. The 
marriage ceremony may be beautiful and sentimental, 
but it is not sane. Many a man goes to the altar and 
repeats the words, "With all my worldly goods I 
thee endow," and then his wife has to beg every 
nickel she gets for carfare. Some such sentiment as 
the following would in our estimation be more rat- 
ional ; many appropriate forms might be written : 

I. Believing that, although we are not wholly re- 
sponsible for thoughts and feelings, we are respons- 
ible for words and actions, we pledge each other that 
we will refrain from abuse as being barbarous and 
wholly unnecessary. 

Realizing that cause and effect act and react upon 
each other we believe that guarding words and acts 
will go a long way toward controlling thought and 
feeling. 

II. We each pledge ourselves to pass no remarks 
in the absence of the other that might not be made 
with perfect courtesy in his or her presence. 

III. We realize that it is the small leak in the dyke 
that must be guarded if we are to avert the calamity 
of a great flood. We therefore pledge ourselves to 
act in a straightforward, truthful manner toward 
each other, concealing nothing that might in the fu- 
ture lead to disagreement, and plucking the weeds as* 
fast as they appear in the garden of love. 

IV. If, for reasons known or unknown, one par- 
ty to the contract fails, and continues to fail to re- 
spond to the affection of the other, after all reason- 
able measures have been resorted to, then each shall 
go their own way, realizing that the great talisman 
without which no true union can exist has fled. 



86 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

A flickering light, or a brilliant flame : 
It came unbidden, and it leaves the same. 
From whence it came, and whither it goes. 
Everyone wonders, but no one knows. 

We are not presenting the wording of these clauses 
as a work of art, but we believe that this is about as 
far as a marriage contract can be made binding. We 
would have a special contract made for each couple, 
covering business and other complications that might 
exist. 

As the marriage ceremony now stands, there are no 
specific duties mentioned, and the vows are of such 
a character that they might as well not exist. If the 
clause, "With all my worldly goods I thee endow", 
was changed to something more rational, a man 
might be made to regard it as a serious vow. 

Most couples who have been divorced have lived 
together much longer than they should have done. 
As soon as the crime of abuse seems inevitable, the 
separation should take place. If one party has a fixed 
determination to secure divorce, it is quite evident 
that something is seriously wrong : if both parties are 
so inclined the fact is doubly evident. In our esti- 
mation it is quite unnecessary for the court to inquire 
into all the details of the trouble ; the result is the 
same in the end, and holding a couple together is only 
. placing a premium on sin. and compelling a condition 
of things that is daily leading to greater wrong doing. 
If couples were divorced as we suggest, we do not be- 
lieve there would be a single divorcee added to the 
list. Once the parties have reached the point of ap- 
plying for a decree, it comes to that in the end, and 
often there are more children to be provided for, and 
lives ruined in a hopeless entanglement. Misunder- 
standings may occur, but there is ample opportunity 



LOVE AXD MARRIAGE 87 

for these to get straightened out when the parties are 
living under the same roof; there must be something 
more serious than that. The law as it stands places 
a premium on crime. A couple applies for divorce: 
'What have they done?" inquires the Judge. Have 
they attempted murder, or broken the 7th Command- 
ment? Xo. Have they hurled rolling pins and flat 
irons at each other? No. Have they flung abusive 
epithets at one another? Xo. Well, they had better 
go back and try it over again ; when they have learned 
to do one or all of these things they will be granted 
divorce. The Judge does not say this, but these are 
the facts of the case. We would put some such ques- 
tion as this to the applicants. Have you exhausted ev- 
ery known resource in your endeavor to live in peace 
and harmony and to provide such a home for your 
children as children should have? If the answer is 
in the affirmative, the divorce should be granted. 
There should be no such thing as waiting until the 
devil has taken complete possession of the home be- 
fore relief is afforded. 

Much has been said in the churches regarding the 
attitude of Christ toward divorce. Matthew xix. :9 is 
quoted, and the corresponding passage in Mark x. : 
11. 12 is also quoted. These passages do not agree; 
in one Christ is represented as allowing those who are 
divorced for certain reasons to remarry, and in the 
other none would be alloived to remarry. We must 
remember that these are not the words of Christ ; two 
men who heard him gave their version of what they 
understood him to say on the subject; either there 
is a mistake in recording the conversation, or in trans- 
lating from the original ; they cannot both be the 
exact words of Christ. The mistake has crept in and 
it doubtless has its purpose and its fulfillment. As 
religion and marriage come under the same sign, a 



88 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

bad marriage sign would also be bad for religion, and 
a break with the church would be a natural astrologi- 
cal consequence. In the person of John Wesley we 
have one who had both marriage and church troubles, 
and they were very severe at the time, and yet years 
after his death he was regarded as the greatest saint 
of his time. We presume that his memory is ruled 
by astrological conditions and that the bad influences 
in his first sign have passed off. Joan of Arc was 
burned as a witch and canonized as a saint many 
years after her death. We should do what is right ac- 
cording to our own judgment and God will take care 
of the result. 

Someone may wish to know how you fall in love, 
and what part the planets take in these mysterious 
occurrences. There is a time for falling in love. We 
once heard a lady say that she fell in love with her 
husband three years after they were married ; we 
presume the Moon struck her marriage sign at that 
time. Another tells us that she fell in love just be- 
fore the wedding, on being presented with a boquet 
of flowers. Venus, the beautifier of the earth and 
goddess of love, was evidently present. A man 
should fall in love before he asks a woman to marr}^ 
him. In traveling you will notice that couples be- 
come very spoony when the Moon is in conjunction 
with Venus, and there are many conditions in the 
horoscope which tend toward falling in love. A 
combination of these may result in giving us a strong 
dose, and if the influences are good it may result in 
a whirlwind courtship and marriage ; but if they are 
not good, it may result in a serious disappointment. 
Men and women have often considered themselves 
exempt from these things, but when the time came, 
and all the conditions that made for falling in love got 



LOVE AXD MARRIAGE 89 

piled up in a heap, they discovered their mistake. 
Those who have been exempt for a long time are the 
ones who are most likely to get a strong dose when 
it comes. Venus changes once in 20 years, and a 
change of Venus, particularly entering or leaving the 
1st or 11th Signs, renders the subject more susceptible 
to such influences. Sometimes Mercury or the Moon 
or both change in conjunction with Venus, and this 
adds strongly to the influence of Venus. Those run- 
ning a strong 1st or 11th Sign are subject to deep im- 
pressions, and if both signs are strong, they have a 
nature that is highly emotional. The Transits also 
have their influence, the Moon and Earth in the 1st 
and 11th Signs, particularly if Venus or many other 
planets form a conjunction with them, greatly in- 
creases the susceptibility of the subject. Many plan- 
ets changing between Signs causes the horoscope to 
work very powerfully, for everything that is indicated 
in it good or bad. It is quite possible as we have said 
before for all these conditions to occur at one and the 
same time. "The time, the place, and the girl" is no 
joke. The person for whom you form an attachment 
is described by the planets in your horoscope; if 
only good planets appear in the 5th and 11th Signs 
and Venus is found in conjunction with good planets, 
then the attachment formed should be a very fortun- 
ate one. More frequently, however, we find good and 
bad planets intermingled, particularly if the influences 
are very strong. Mars indicates quarreling, Saturn 
places hindrances in the way, and produces alliances 
with elderly persons, Uranus love affairs with mar- 
ried persons; these are merely examples of such influ- 
ence. In view of the fact that love is a matter of 
time more than anything else and that at some stages 
of our experience we are liable to be helplessly 



-7 



90 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

plunged into a love affair without our consent of fore- 
knowledge, we should be careful of our environment ; 
for example, such familiarity as is allowed in dancing 
is very unwise and entirely uncalled for, although 
dancing should be a very pleasant and healthful rec- 
reation if a little more common sense were applied to 
it. 

These things are no joke; half the murders and sui- 
cides, not saying anything about cases of insanity, 
are due to just such conditions. We don't refer to 
light fancies, and mere physical sentiment ; we refer 
to the overpowering, deep seated, ever present, soul 
penetrating affection, that cannot be thrown off at 
will, but rather grows with years ; that affection which 
haunts the subject night and day, and makes him to 
feel that he cannot live apart from the object of his 
love. A lady once wrote to a newspaper for advice 
as to what she should do in the matter of having fal- 
len in love with a married man, and those who at- 
tempted to advise her seemed to be quite as helpless 
as the questioner. The girl stated that she had done 
all in her power to break up the attachment, and al- 
though she did not see him for a year, her condition 
remained unchanged ; such experiences are far too 
common. Venus left to herself w^ould make nought 
but happy matches, but Venus often runs a conjunc- 
tion with other planets. What is falling in love any- 
way? Some would say it is forming a soul union, oth- 
ers would say it is a species of hypnotism, and yet it 
does not answer to the definition of either. A union 
implies two parties acquiescing, and in this case the 
experience may be entirely on one side. How often 
it happens that one person falls desperately in love 
with another, who experiences no sensation and is 
conscious of no change in his attitude toward the 
person who loves him. Two persons seldom fall in 



LOVE AND MARRIAGE 91 

love at the same time ; one usually precedes the other. 
It would be difficult to find persons whose horo- 
scopes correspond so exactly, and if you could 
they would not attract each other; opposites attract. 
That is an essential law of nature, the object being 
to effect a proper balance in the coming generation ; 
the w r eak points in one should be the strong points 
in the other. 

We have found that falling in love is not a soul 
union, at least until two parties acquiesce in it, neith- 
er is it hypnotism, a hypnotist can usually undo his 
work ; it resembles photography more nearly than 
anything else of which we can think. When 
the time comes Venus adjusts the machinery, and 
takes a flash-light picture, and someone goes away 
with the image of another person on his soul. The 
person who was photographed may not be conscious 
of any sensation, any more than you are when the 
photographer turns his camera upon you. The 
strength of the impression depends upon the strength 
of the conditions existing in the horoscope, but the 
person photographed becomes as it were a part of 
yourself without whom you are undone ; seeming to 
be ever present with you, haunting you night and day. 
Years may pass, the winds of adversity and the scald- 
ing tears of sorrow, may wash up against the picture, 
and yet it is there ; firing the brain until it becomes 
like a great steam-engine swelling to the bursting 
point with emotion. However, if we knew what to 
do with all this pent-up emotion it would not be so 
bad, but most men or women when they find that the 
person with whom they have fallen in love is not re- 
sponsive, become discouraged and morose, perhaps 
place a loaded revolver to their heads or jump off a 
bridge ; the former being suggested by Mars, and the 
latter by Uranus and Xeptune. Mars governs fire- 



92 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

arms, Uranus falling, and Xeptune the water. If 
these persons only knew that this pent-up emotion 
was the very thing that they make poets, novelists, 
artists, musicians, etc. out of, they might be able to 
accomplish something in the world. How often sui- 
cides write beautiful letters and compose beautiful 
poetry before the last great act in the drama of life. 
Often the greatest relief you can find, when things are 
going wrong, and your mind is in a turmoil, ana your 
burden seems greater than you can bear is to sit 
down and write, write until you feel a sense of relief, 
even if it takes you two days ; better that than com- 
mit suicide, even if the writing counts for nothing. 
The world's most beautiful poetry and prose were 
written while the author was in just such a frame of 
mind ; if you realized that this turbulent and highly 
emotional state of mind was just the thing that would 
give you power to stir the world by song or verse, 
or in a thousand other ways, you might be more easily 
reconciled to your lot. We have made a close study 
of this phase of the question and believe that we can 
guarantee the truth of the assertion that unrequited 
love has been one of the leading agencies in stirring 
men's souls to deeds of greatness in the world. Paint- 
ing, music, science, or any other form of study re- 
lieves pressure on the brain. 

When we appeal to the Bible for light upon the 
question of marriage it is not forthcoming. In old 
testament times men married as many wives as they 
cared to take. Jacob married two and lived with them. 
The children of Israel could boast of four mothers all 
living; Solomon, another man approved by God, had 
many wives. When the ten commandments were 
given to Moses, man was forbidden to covet his neigh- 
bor's wife, and the seventh commandment forbade 



LOVE AND MARRIAGE 93 

the committing of adultery. Just what constituted 
the committing of adultery, it is pretty difficult to de- 
termine, but throughout the old testament it seems 
to he confined to a man having illicit relations with 
his neighbor's wife. The new testament explana- 
tion covers evil thoughts as well as actions. Mat- 
thew Henry tells us that men were allowed to di- 
vorce their wives in these times, so that they would 
not kill them when they hated them. Human nature 
is the same from the beginning to the end. In new 
testament times the one wife idea prevailed to a great- 
er extent, and in our days, economic conditions neces- 
sitate the enforcement of strict rules regarding mar- 
riage ; and yet in some countries a man may have as 
many wives as he wishes. It is said of a certain king 
that he is obliged to marry every girl who asks him, 
and the story goes that he got a suffragist in ; you can 
imagine the result. God is the same God that he was 
in Jacob's time, and that which is wrong now, was 
wrong then. Strict marriage laws are not so much a 
question of right and wrong, as they are a question 
of ■ economic necessity. There are many men who 
cannot, or do not even support one wife in the pres- 
ent straightened condition of affairs. A higher civil- 
ization also leads to more acute feeling, and few men 
or women would tolerate living under the same roof 
with a rival, or living under another roof if they could 
avoid such a condition. There are moral require- 
ments, and legal requirements, and it takes them all 
to keep the world straight, and then some. Stringent 
marriage laws are a necessity, and divorce laws also 
seem to be a necessity. Divorce is like war, we wish 
it could be brought to an end, but we do not believe 
it could be done. Whatever the new testament 
teaches regarding divorce, it certainly advocates the 
relief of suffering in every possible way. Christ, our 



94 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

great exemplar, never witnessed suffering without re- 
lieving it. We must regard the spirit of the Bible as 
greater than the letter, and strive in all things to cul- 
tivate that spirit. 

After writing the preceding lines, we accidentally 
struck a book on "Marriage and Divorce/' and read it 
through, or practically so, before leaving it. The au- 
thor was a clergyman, officiating in a church opposed 
to divorce, and he would w T ipe it out entirely. He ad- 
mitted that God allowed men in old testament times 
to marry as many wives as they wished, but he 
claimed that we were not allowed the same privilege. 
We believe that God is the same God, and man is 
much the same man, that he was in the time of Jacob ; 
and that God is not interfering in the matter. Mar- 
riage and divorce laws are human made, and are 
enacted according to what are deemed to be the neces- 
sities of the case. They differ very materially in dif- 
ferent states and countries. We do not believe that 
God would allow one man to marry 700 wives, and 
prohibit another from marrying one ; that is what the 
clergyman would have us think. Suppose a man mar- 
ries at the age of 25 and his wife leaves him within 
two years (we are assuming that he is not to blame) ; 
then he must spend the balance of his life alone, while 
another man who lives in another age can marry 700. 

We have previously explained how persons may 
under these circumstances devote themselves to intel- 
lectual pursuits and meet with success. So they may 
until fate brings them into contact with some other 
person for whom they form a strong attachment, and 
then it is all off with them again. We must remem- 
ber that no one person is in a position to judge for 
another. Some persons who run strong 1st and 11th 
Signs are very unhappy alone, while others are not 
affected by these things. If the study of this book 



LOVE AND MARRIAGE 95 

teaches us anything, it should teach us to be very 
guarded in criticising the actions of others. We do 
not know what we would do in their place. We have 
a sort of feeling that a man who never had any per- 
sonal experience with separation or divorce, has no 
more right to publish a book upon it, than a man 
would have to publish a book on mining when he 
never saw the inside of a mine, or a woman would 
have to publish a book upon the duties of mothers, 
when she never had children of her own. Who can 
tell you about Africa, the man w T ho traveled through 
it, or the man who never left the United States? 

If the great consensus of opinion among divorced 
persons shows that they prefer the trials which accrue 
from separation and divorce, to a bad marriage, give 
it to them. True Christ limited divorce, but as we 
have previously mentioned, the various accounts of 
what he said do not correspond, besides it is an evil 
much the same as war is an evil, and yet we do not 
believe that the world can exist without war. War 
is a cure for a greater evil, so also is divorce. Christ 
said, "Thou shalt not kill," but if someone is taking 
your life you are justified in taking theirs in self de- 
fense. Divorce in order to protect the innocent and 
suffering ones of the earth and to prevent the com- 
mission of greater crimes becomes right. You par- 
ents know that it would be very w r rong to punish your 
children if they were innocent, but when punish- 
ment becomes necessary it is right. Punishment may 
be regarded as an evil, but abolishing punishment 
does not abolish crime, neither does abolishing di- 
vorce, abolish the terrible evils that lead to it. Prob- 
ably three-fourths of the divorce cases are due to wick- 
edness, on one side or both. Drunkenness, profanity, 
cruelty, dishonesty, lying, slander and immorality are 



§6 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

potent influences in bringing about divorce. There 
may be one-fourth cases where mistakes have been 
made for which neither party can be held responsible 
and yet it is practically impossible for them to live to- 
gether. Some of these the parties had no opportunity 
of discovering until after marriage, besides, if men and 
women were to wait until all the conditions were fav- 
orable for marriage, there would be no marriages, for 
a perfect man or woman can not be found. With 
women the question is a very difficult one as they 
must select a husband from the few who chance to 
offer themselves. If they had the same opportunity 
of choosing that men have they would frequently 
make a different choice. It is said that women re- 
ceive twice as many divorces as men, and their lim- 
ited opportunity for selection, may partly account for 
the fact. We believe if divorced women w r ere asked 
for their opinion, many would tell you that they were 
never married in the true sense of the word. Much 
is said regarding, "the twain becoming one flesh." 
This is simply a polite way of referring to the inti- 
macy that must exist between them. If there is any 
union it must be a spiritual, or soul union (we make 
no distinction between mind, soul, and spirit), with- 
out this there is none. Frequently a woman marries 
a man in an indifferent sort of way, and if he proves 
to be the right kind of man, he wins her respect and 
love follows ; but if he treats her cruelly, no union 
ever existed, or ever will exist. It requires two to 
form a union. 

"What God hath joined together, let not man put 
asunder,'' is another passage frequently quoted. Man 
never put them asunder; they were put asunder be- 
fore they applied for divorce, and probably man 



LOVE AND MARRIAGE 97 

had nothing to do with it. The chances are that there 
was some sham work about the joining together. As 
we have said before, there must be more or less love 
in every marriage, but we are inclined to think that 
a strong mutual attachment at the time of marriage is 
a rare phenomenon. 

In the passage previously referred to Christ was 
talking to his disciples, and was laying down rules for 
an ideal world. He says, "Moses, because of the 
hardness of your hearts, suffered you to put away 
your wives, but from the beginning it was not so." He 
does not say that Moses did wrong in permitting 
them to separate ; he said it w^as a condition of things 
brought about by the hardness of their hearts, and 
God had not intended it to be so at the beginning. 
Later he says : "All men cannot receive this saying, 
save they to whom it is given. He that is able to re- 
ceive it let him receive it." In I. Cor., Ch. vii. we 
read : "To avoid fornication let every man have his 
own wife, and let every woman have her own hus- 
band. " Paul didn't say, to avoid fornication, put the 
women on one side of the earth, and the men on the 
other, neither did he say let every man who is fortun- 
ate enough not to lose her, and would not care much 
if he did, have his own wife ; he said, let every man 
who wishes have his own wife, and every woman her 
own husband. And yet Paul was a bachelor, and 
rather discouraged marriage. We who prefer a single 
life should not interfere with the rights of others, who 
may be and are very differently constituted. 
Divorce and re-marriage, war, and punishment 
are all necessary in order to cope with great- 
er evils. There are those who claim that pun- 
ishment is not necessary, but the writer, who 
has spent many years in educational work, and 



98 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

has had a wide experience in the handling of 
youth, would beg to differ with them. Many 
persons can be ruled by kindness, but not all. 
We recollect a case that came under our own 
observation, in connection with prison work. Sev- 
eral ladies had -become interested in two young 
men who were serving a term for forgery : on their 
release positions were found for them, and a room 
in a respectable home. They professed to be relig- 
ious, and all went well until the lady with whom 
they lived discovered papers showing that they had 
been practicing on the business signature of a man 
whose wife had taken a leading part in ministering 
to their comfort. She had in fact done everything in 
her power to help them out of their difficulty. And 
this is not a solitary case. Try kindness first, and 
when that fails something else must be resorted to. 
If we can dispense with war, punishment, divorce, 
and remarriage, it will be when the millennium comes, 
if there be such a time. If we would seek to abolish 
divorce, we must abolish the evils that so frequently 
lead to it. 

Planetary influence is such a strong factor in deter- 
mining prosperity in the marriage relation, that it 
must be reckoned with. Some will find a second mar- 
riage much better than the first, and some will find 
it worse. Some of the happiest marriages we have 
known ended in premature death, and yet who would 
say that a few years of happy married life should be 
despised, even though it did end in grief. This old 
world is tough whatever way you take it, and it is 
merely a question of the best way of getting through 
it. 

We are presenting you with an actor who was mar- 
ried five times, and a lady who was married four 



LOVE; AND MARRIAGE 99 

times and engaged to the fifth. Both have horo- 
scopes which run very strongly for marriage, and 
they would be very unhappy living alone ; yet all their 
bad planets govern marriage, and trouble is certain to 
follow. We can still console them that, while their 
sorrows are there, they are not having them along 
some other line. If we had the opportunity of laying 
down our burden and taking up another, we might 
wish for our own back again. 

In our opinion, the only rational way to handle the 
divorce question is to investigate the causes leading 
to divorce, and deal with them. If the liquor habit 
is a cause, deal with it ; if dancing is a cause, deal with 
it; if infidelity is a cause, deal with it also. A lady 
writing of her experience in the underworld states 
that 75 per cent, of the patrons were married men. If 
that were so there was something wrong at home. 
A man who loved his wife as he should love her 
would not be there. A statement like that makes the 
marriage question look very bad. 

Men should regard matrimony as they legard any 
business enterprise. When the contract is signed, 
and all the preliminary business settled, they should 
concentrate their thought and energy upon making 
the business a success; they should do the same with 
matrimony. Usually a man thinks the wedding day 
is the winding up of his matrimonial enterprise. In 
place of that it should be the beginning. He is stak- 
ing his life happiness in it. His reputation and money 
are also at stake, as he will find if he makes a failure 
of it. 

A man should consider no sacrifice too great, unless 
it be a sacrifice of principle, which will win or hold 
the afifection of his wife ; and a woman should feel the 
same toward her husband. Often you must stoop to 



100 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

conquer and sacrifice frequently brings great rewards. 
Many men and women are so intent upon the pursuit 
of pleasure, that they must just do everything" they 
feel like doing, without regard for the consequences. 
Reason should control us instead of feeling, if we are 
to live a true life. Our feeling depends on heredity, 
environment, and planetary influence. What we do 
depends on ourselves. 

You may recall many cases where men and women, 
under the impulse of strong feeling, have been guilty 
of acts which ruined their lives in a very short space 
of time. We must rise superior to feeling and want- 
ing, if we are to succeed in life. We cannot eradicate 
our feelings, and oftentimes we cannot control them, 
but we can control our actions. Practice makes per- 
fect even in goodness ; suffering may and will come, 
but let us cultivate goodness. We may develop char- 
acter and principle. This much lies within ourselves. 

This chapter would not be complete without a page 
upon cranks, just common everyday cranks. These 
people frequently do not have any bad habits ; they 
make up for all the defects they don't have in pure, 
unadulterated crankiness. This is said to be the sin 
of the saint, or vice of the virtuous. Such a man 
considers it to be beneath his dignity to appear pleas- 
ed with anything his wife does. One of this class 
was heard to say that you should never tell 
a woman she had done well, for it might put a dam- 
per on her ambition ; "Always tell her,'' said he, 
"that her work might be improved." Another 
stock remark of this sort of man is, "The worse you 
treat a woman the better she likes you." Always, be- 
ware of a man, if you hear him say that. We have 
heard it a number of times, but cannot imagine where 
it originated. A crank laughs when you look sober. 



LOVE AXD MARRIAGE 101 

and looks sober when you laugh, that is one way of 
detecting him. He is always afraid of appearing too 
agreeable. When all ordinary methods fail, he tells 
his wife that he will not be home to luncheon, and 
when she goes out, he comes home and tells the 
neighbors that his wife is always out and will not 
cook for him. What would you do with him ? 

Chart Xo 15 shows a very happy marriage. In the 
1st you will notice all the good planets in or near the 
1st Sign, and two bad planets in the 10th; the Moon 
is passing into the 11th Sign. Many persons are mar- 
ried as the Moon passes into the 11th Sign; that be- 
ing the children Sign, a birth usually follows. Her 
4th Sign, being bad. causes her to have many troubles 
during childhood. Her health had not been good, and 
she had a languid, disheartened look, as if she had 




: IS 

A VERY HAPPY MARRIAGE. 



102 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

been dragged up against her will. Six months after 
she was married we had the pleasure of meeting her 
while traveling, and we scarcely recognized her to 
be the same girl ; the contour of her face was changed ; 
her eyes were bright and sparkling, her complexion 
clear and her voice musical ; her step was bouyant, 
and she exhibited a queenly air. We at once assumed 
that the marriage had been a happy one, and on look- 
ing up her birthdate found that she had all the good 
planets around the 1st Sign. The Moon was entering 
her 11th Sign in conjunction with Uranus and Mars 
in the 10th, so that it might not be fortunate for chil- 
dren ; houses and land, father and mother would be 
under bad omen. She has no greater share of earthly 
happiness than others, but her marriage Sign will al- 
ways be a place of refuge. 

We recollect seeing the result of a census taken by 
one of our leading periodicals, and it was found that 
the great majority of girls who were happily married 
had lost one or both parents and had something of a 
rough time during childhood. We can easily account 
for this fact ; the girls who had bad planets in the 4th 
Sign could not have them around the marriage sign at 
the same time ; so you see there is compensation for 
all, and "llama's darling" is more likely to be unhap- 
pily married than the little waif who "just growed" 
like Topsy. 

We recollect a lady who was a widow, and suffer- 
ing hardship, remarking that she had a very happy 
childhood, and she could not expect to be very happy 
all through life. We would not have you think for 
one moment that all the boys and girls who have rich 
parents have a very happy childhood, for there are 
many conditions which bring misery among the rich 
as well as among the poor. 



LOVE AND MARRIAGE 103 

In Chart No. 16 we see a vicious looking marriage 
sign, the Moon between Saturn and Mars in the Na- 
tivity, and Uranus, Saturn, and Mars opposite in the 
Transits ; nothing good nearer than the 12th Sign. 
We might describe her after a year's trial of married 
life, but it is unnecessary. We have all seen them 
many times, when a dejected, half bitter look settles 
down upon them. When that look settles upon you, 
it is time to be moving, even if they do call you a 
tramp. 

The 12th Sign provided a wedding feast ; there was 
also traveling connected with the wedding, and this 
came under good influences, one bad planet being 
found with seven good. It came before the wedding, 
however. This marriage ended in divorce, when 
Venus and Mercury entered the 1st Sign in conjunc- 




A VERY UNHAPPY MARRIAGE 



104 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



tion ; we often find good planets entering the mar- 
riage sign bring about divorce. One would think 
that they should bring more happiness into the home, 
instead of breaking it up, but it would seem that even 
God himself cannot restore confidence and love in a 
home where nothing but bitterness prevails. God 
cannot convert a sinner against his will, neither can 
he convert a bad husband against his will. When 
good planets come in, the party usually gets a change. 
It may be freedom from marriage ties or a second 
union. In No. 16 we find a good 4th Sign and this 
young lady had a good home. 

Chart No. 17 is that of a young lady of whom we 
have no knowledge, excepting that a friend asked us 
to look up her birthdate, remarking that she had so 
many admirers she could not entertain them all. We 




Wo n 

A VERY POPULAR YOUNG LADY. 



LOVE AND MARRIAGE 



105 



first noticed that she had five planets in the mar- 
riage sign, and Mars standing as sentinel in the 12th 
near the 1st Sign; the Sun and Xeptune are changing 
on each side of the 11th Sign, and Uranus in the 2nd 
near the 3rd would cause trouble in traveling, also 
with letters, and telephone messages. At this parti- 
cular time the Earth and Moon are in the 1st Sign 
in the Transits, and the Moon in the Nativity is near- 
ing the 2nd. It has been w r orking affairs up in the 
1st Sign for nearly two years. The Transits also fail 
on these three points. This is probably the strongest 
point for marriage in this horoscope. 

Chart No. 18 shows a lady who claims to have re- 
ceived five proposals in one month. She also told us 
that she had not received an offer for years previous- 
ly. You will notice that Mercury is entering her 




REC'D FIVE PROPOSALS IN ONE MONTH 



—8 



106 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



1st Sign, and that the Moon is leaving the 3rd Sign; 
this connects her love affairs with writing, traveling, 
and brothers and sisters. She was a lady stenogra^ 
pher at a time when stenography was in its infancy. 
She has seven good planets in her 1st Sign; so we 
presume there were no quarrels and misunderstand- 
ings. All her admirers walked right up and pro- 
posed. One proposal she told us came through her 
brother. She then went for a holiday and met the 
only man with whom she had fallen in love ; however 
she married one of the live and stated that she was 
not sorry for having done so. 

Xo. 19 is a lady who was married four times and 
engaged to the fifth ; so far as we could learn there 
was only one good man among them, and he died 
after a long illness. Seven planets are in the 1st Sign, 




No. 19 



MARRIED FOUR TIMES AND ENGAGED TO FIFTH 



LOVE AND MARRIAGE 



107 



including three bad planets. Mercury will soon enter 
the 5th, and her horoscope becomes stronger until 
about fifty years of age, then it weakens down some- 
what. One husband was imprisoned for life, another 
suicided, and another proved to be a married man. 

She was a bright, interesting, jolly woman, and 
very kind hearted. Back of it all you could detect a 
vein of sadness. 

No. 20 is the horoscope of a man over forty years 
of age who was separated from his first wife and mar- 
ried to a girl under twenty. You will notice Uranus 
between trie 12th and 1st Signs. Uranus frequently 
indicates separation. Mercury coming into the 1st 
Sign indicates a young person connected with love 
affairs. The Moon is leaving his 1st Sign, the most 
common time for Cancer persons to marry. Transits 




Ab.a.0 

BRTDE 18, GROOM 47 YEARS OF AGE. 



108 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



running strong on the 5th and 11th favor marriage 
with a young person. When the Moon passes through 
his 3rd Sign he dies in a steamboat disaster. 

Chart No. 21 gives you a marriage by elopement; 
the young lady' parents are wealthy and she elopes 
with a poor man; this brings a storm in the sign of 
her father and mother where her planets run very 
strong; later on Mars and Saturn in the Transits pass 
off and she becomes reconciled to her parents. The 
marriage seems to have been happy otherwise. Mars 
in her monev sign draws trouble over monev. 




JVo a/ 

MARRIAGE BY ELOPEMENT. 



MONEY AXD HEAVEN 109 

CHAPTER X. 
Money and Heaven. 

It has been decided that money and heaven come 
under the 2nd Sign and that is why they are coupled 
here. Under money we strike the hard-headed 
business man ; business, not sentiment, is the ruling 
impulse in his life. When he marries, he does so 
from an economic standpoint. He sees an opportuni- 
ty to get something for nothing, and it would not be 
good business to let such an opportunity pass. 
He usually, however, marries one of the senti- 
mental type. Opposites attract ; for the sake of 
the rising generation this wise provision is made. A 
person who has reached one extreme must marry a 
person approaching the other extreme, or otherwise 
entail havoc upon the children. Fate concerns her- 
self much more about the effect on the next genera- 
tion, than the happiness of the individuals mated. 
They never understand each other; he does not un- 
derstand her sensitive sentimental nature, and she 
does not understand his hard-headed practical nature, 
and each blames the other for the qualities with which 
nature has endowed them. He may try to assume a 
degree of sentimentalism, but it does not fit and she 
accuses him of assuming, which seems to her to be a 
greater grievance than the former, and so it goes. 
Commonly a man or woman with a strong money sign 
has planets in the 1st or 11th or both. We are speak- 
ing of those who are in a manner devoid of sentiment. 

We get our idea of heaven or future reward, as 
it has been called, being placed under the 2nd 
Sign from the account of the creation as given in 
Genesis Ch. 1 : 6, 7, 8. All the other Signs corres- 



110 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

pond with the account given and there is no reason 
why this should not. Our views are also corroborated 
by many other passages in Scripture. In Matt. 6:19- 
21 the following appears. "Lay not up for yourselves 
treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth cor- 
rupt, and where thieves break through and steal, but 
lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neith- 
er moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do 
not break through nor steal, for where your treasure 
is there will your heart be also." 

The passage in Matt. 19:16, which speaks of its 
being easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a 
needle than for a rich man to enter into the Kingdom 
of Heaven, has provoked a great deal of discussion. 
The needles eye referred to may be a pass by that 
name or it may not ; whether or not, the inference is 
that we cannot have our reward in this world and in 
the next as well. All the teachings of the Bible cor- 
roborate this view. The rich man spoken of in this 
case was told to sell all that he had and to give it to 
the poor, and he would have treasures laid up in 
heaven ; but he went away sorrowful for he had great 
possessions. We are told that if we give any thing 
up for the sake of Christ we will receive an hundred 
fold in the life to come. 

Christ tells his disciples to take no thought for what 
they should eat or wear, but to seek first the Kingdom 
of God, and all these things w r ould be added unto them 
— such things as were necessary ; he does not promise 
them wealth. 

In Matt. 25:31-46 we find what is called a descrip- 
tion of the last judgment, where we are told how 
our surplus money should be used. "I was hungered 
and ye gave me meat, I was thirsty and ye gave me 
drink, I was a stranger and ye took me in, naked and 
ve clothed me. I was sick and ve visited me, I was in 



MONEY AND HEAVEN 111 

prison and ye came unto me. Inasmuch as ye have 
done it unto one of the least of these my bretheren 
ye have done it unto me/' 

"To those on the left he shall say, Inasmuch as ye 
did it not to one of the least of these ye did it not to 
me. And these shall go away into everlasting pun- 
ishment. " 

These are the words of Christ. No man or woman 
would ever write such words. Men and women would 
prefer a free and easy world where they could do any- 
thing they liked without fear of punishment ; but God 
is handling the universe and he knows what is requir- 
ed. He sees the end from the beginning. This old 
world would get into an awful muddle if any of us 
were running it. 

The only way any man can become rich, or remain 
rich even on inherited wealth, is by closing his eyes 
and his ears to the appeals for help made to him on 
every side. He cannot ride on one of the streets of 
our great cities, or climb the mountain side of a quiet 
summer resort, or pick up a newspaper without meet- 
ing a silent appeal for help. If he is a Christian the 
verse just quoted should come to him. "Inasmuch 
as ye did it not to one of the least of these ye did it 
not to me." Just what amount of money a Christian 
might properly be allowed to horde up for his own 
pleasure and to provide against future possibilities 
would be a difficult matter to decide. Fortunately 
that is not a poor man's trouble. A man however 
who passes the million mark should feel the weight 
of it upon his conscience, particularly if it has been 
gained as much wealth has been by grinding the poor, 
and turning a deaf ear to calls for help. These must 
constantly meet every person who travels through the 
world, at home or abroad. We recollect at one time 
meeting a man who received notice that he was com- 



112 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

ing into an unexpected fortune by inheritance. With 
his face aglow he said, "and I'm not going to forget 
my friends either." We were relating the story to an- 
other person of our acquaintance who made the re- 
mark. "If he doesn't forget his friends he'll be a hu- 
man miracle." This latter remark was made by a very 
old man who had seen much of the world. 

The question of money is a mere gamble. The 
man who draws money gets it, but while he is get- 
ting money he should be careful that he is not missing 
something more important. 

Some of you will say, "I have made my own for- 
tune ; God had nothing to do with it." Who is' there 
among you who w^ill say, my money is in my own 
keeping, God cannot touch it. You would not dare 
to say it. You know God can take it from you by 
fire, flood, robberies, embezzlements, or in a thousand 
different ways as he has done with others. Your mon- 
ey is in God's hands, and everything else you own; 
your life and the lives of your family and friends are 
in his hands ; all we are and all we have is in his 
hands ; all the good things we have we are keeping at 
his option. Such thoughts should make us very hum- 
ble, and very thankful as well. 

It may be urged that capitalists provide labor. So 
they do, but large capitalists form large business mo- 
nopolies which are a curse to a country. They can 
do their part very nicely on half a million and have 
what they call a good time, too. A limited amount of 
capital invested in legitimate business, and paying 
an honest dividend to labor is to be respected. 

When wages however are cut down to half what 
they should be, and monopolies are formed to the 
exclusion of all honest competition, millionaires still 
pocketing immense profits; the situation does not 
look Christian like, to sav the least. Such men are 



MONEY AXD HEAVEN 113 

ably dealt with in James 5 :l-7. "Go to now ye rich 
men weep and howl for your miseries that shall come 
upon you." 

Your riches are corrupted, and your garments are 
moth eaten. 

Your gold and silver is cankered ; and the rust of 
them shall be a witness against you, and shall eat 
your flesh as it were fire. Ye have heaped treasure 
together for the last days. 

Behold the hire of the labourers who have reaped 
down your fields, which is of you kept back by fraud, 
crieth : and the cries of them which have reaped are 
entered into the ears of the lord of Sabaoth. 

Ye have lived in pleasure on the earth, and been 
wanton ; ye have nourished your hearts, as in a day of 
slaughter. 

Ye have condemned and killed the just; and he doth 
not resist you. 

Be patient therefore brethren unto the coming of 
the Lord." 

The rich in this world make the poor to a large 
extent; that fact is too obvious to require explana- 
tion. It seems incredible that any man or woman 
who has been raised in poverty could oppress the 
poor; but they are usually the meanest of the mean 
in money matters when they come to be wealthy. It 
doesn't take much to turn the head of poor silly hu- 
manity. 

In speaking of money and heaven, there is one point 
wdiere they fit very close together. Did you ever 
see some poor man or woman struggling, day in, day 
out for years, trying to make a scanty income provide 
the necessities for themselves and family, and at last 
a little windfall strikes them, and the terrible pressure 
that threatened to crush the life and soul out of its 
victims is removed. Well, if there is any experience 



114 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

in life that is calculated to give a poor mortal a fore- 
taste of heaven, that is the one. Just think how some 
of you wealthy people could carry heaven with you 
wherever you go. A thousand dollars dropped here 
and there as you go would never be missed by you, 
and just think of the joy it would bring to the needy 
ones, and think of the joy and gladness that would 
be reflected in your lives. That is one of the 
ways whereby you can build heaven upon earth ; one 
of the ways by which money can be turned into hea- 
ven. In so doing you are also laying up treasure in 
the world which is to come. Money can almost buy 
heaven, but not the way some folks try to buy it. 
Another point we would have you remember is that 
charity begins at home. The people nearest to you 
are those for whom God holds you especially respons- 
ible. He does not expect you to hunt all over the 
earth for a place to do an act of kindness ; he sends 
the needy to your door ; he brings them into your 
daily life ; you don't need to search for them. These 
are the persons who will be called to witness against 
you in the last day. Little acts of kindness that the 
world never hears of, that is the kind of giving God 
loves. 

In closing we would call your attention to a few 
lessons that may be learned about heaven. We have 
told you what in our opinion will make hell. The 
inhabitants will make the place, and heaven will be 
made in the same way. In Gal. v., 19, we are told 
w T hat will make hell : "Adultery, fornication, unclean- 
ness, lasciviousness, idolatry, witchcraft, hatred, var- 
iance, emulations, wrath, strife, seditions, heresies, en- 
vyings, murders, drunkenness, revelings, and such- 
like. If these would not make a lake of fire, 
we do not know Avhat would. But the fruit of 



MONEY AXD HEAVEN 115 

the Spirit is love, joy, peace, long suffering, gentle- 
ness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance : against 
such there is no law. These will make heaven. If 
you are in any doubt about where you stand, square 
yourself up by this dividing line. Do you love the 
former, or do you love the latter? Happy are those 
who can say, Behold, the former things have passed 
away! 

Don't let anyone poison your mind with the idea 
that God is cruel or unkind. We have heard men 
say, "God must be a monster of cruelty if he would 
create man with desires and inclinations to commit 
sin, and then condemn him to everlasting punishment 
for gratifying these desires." 

In the first place, God created man perfect as he 
himself is perfect. In his own image created he 
mar but he also created him a free agent to act as 
he chose; had God not done so there would have been 
a still greater cry against his omnipotence. Man was 
not only created perfect, but he was told what he 
must do in order to maintain his state of perfection. 
Man disobeyed God, and made friends with the devil, 
God's enemy, and Adam is not the only man who 
took sides against God. We are not responsible for 
what Adam did. Where do we stand? God has left 
us a complete revelation so simple that a child can 
understand it, telling us what we must do to inherit 
eternal life. 

"God so loved the world that he gave his only be- 
gotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should 
not perish, but have everlasting life/' What more 
could he do? God never sent any man to the place 
of the lost ; he sends himself there. If a man steals a 
horse, do you blame the legislator who made the law 
forbidding stealing, or the judge who sentences him 



116 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

according to the law? Certainly net, you blame the 
man himself. Let us be reasonable. 

We believe that heaven is a place ; John xix. : 2, 3 : 
"In my Father's house are many mansions. I go to 
prepare a place for you, and if I go and prepare a 
place for you I will come again and receive you unto 
myself, that where I am, there ye may be also." We 
are to live with Christ in a place specially prepared 
by him, but that does not necessitate our remaining 
there. While heaven is our home, our world may be 
the universe. 

A beautiful description of heaven is given in the 
two last chapters of Revelation. Heaven is described 
as having a wall great and high, the length, breadth, 
and height, each 12,000 furlongs. In this waJJ were 
12 gates, having the names of the 12 tribes of Israel 
written thereon. 12 foundations were under the wall 
of the city, bearing the names of the 12 apostles. The 
wall was built of jasper, and the city of pure gold. 
The foundations of the city were garnished with all 
manner of precious stones, and the 12 gates were 12 
pearls. The Glory of God was the light thereof, and 
there was no night there. A river pure as crystal 
ran through it, and the Tree of Life grew on either 
side and yielded her fruit every month. The only 
number used in the description is the number 12 — 
12 foundations, 12 gates, the City measuring 12,000 
furlongs. Then the tree of life grew 12 manner of 
fruits and yielded her fruit every month. 12,000 were 
chosen from each tribe. Rev. vii. ; 4. Those who 
stand before the throne shall be clothed with white 
robes, and palms in their hands. Rev. vii.; 9. And 
the angel said, "These are they which came out of 
great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and 
made them white in the blood of the Lamb. There- 
fore are they before the throne of God, and serve him 



MONEY AND HEAVEN 



117 



day and night in his temple : and he that sittest on 
the throne shall dwell among them. They shall hun- 
ger no more, neither thirst any more, neither shall 
the sun light on them, nor any heat. For the Lamb 
which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and 
shall lead them into living fountains of waters : and 
God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes." Again 
in Rev. xxi. 4. "And God shall wipe away all tears 
from their eyes and there shall be no more death, 
neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any 
more pain: for the former things are passed away." 
The angel tells John to write, for these things are true 




AN OIL KING 



118 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



and faithful, and again he says, "The Lord God hath 
sent me to shew unto his servants the things which 
must shortly be done." There is no reason why this 
description should not be taken literally. We certain- 
ly could not conceive of a more beautiful place or 
pleasanter surroundings. "The Lamb shall feed them 
and God himself shall wipe away all tears from their 
eyes." If it is not to be taken literally, it certainly 
means that our highest expectations will be fulfilled. 

No. 22, the 1st. Chart illustrating money, is a great 
oil king. You will notice that in 1888 five good plan- 
ets appeared in his 2nd. Sign for money, and Jupiter 




Jlfo 2 3 
A GREAT LADY FINANCIER 



MOXEY AXD HEAVEN 



119 



in the 4th. for houses and land. Neptune and the Sun 
are in his 2nd. Sign, and are the only permanent plan- 
ets in it. Neptune stands for liquids, and the Sun for 
light, hence money made by oil. One bad planet 
stands in his 3rd. Sign, governing traveling and writ- 
ing; writing always includes legal documents and let- 
ters. The remaining bad planets appear in the 12th. 
Sign, drawing enemies and trouble with everything 
that comes under the 12th. In 1913 Mercury is in 
the 12th. Sign, and the Moon entering his 2nd.: this 
position tends to draw enemies connected with money. 
No. 23 is a great lady financier. She has 




JVo OLi 

FOUNDER OF MANY LIBRARIES 



120 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



6 good planets between her 2nd. and 3rd. Signs, and 
all her bad planets removed some distance from this 
point. Money should roll right into her pocket-book. 
Mars in the 1st. Sign brings death to her husband, 
and also causes her to be careless regarding her per- 
sonal appearance. Uranus in the 4th. causes her to 
occupy an unpretentious residence. There are no 
spending planets around her money sign. If she had 
one or two bad planets around her 2nd. Sign and 
good planets in the 1st. or 4th., she would spend 
money on making a good appearance, building a fine 




Jlfo $5- 
NOTED SHIP-BUILDER 



MONEY AND HEAVEN 



121 



home, and dressing gaily. She is 77 years of age, 
and still oversees her business interests. 

No. 24 is a great steel king who becomes wealthy 
through the 3rd and 4th Signs. The 3rd connects his 
business with traveling and the 4th constructive 
work, hence the manufacture of steel rails; he has 
probably made good on land as well. In 1902 all his 
planets stand in the 3rd and 4th excepting Saturn, 
which appears in the 12th Sign. He has two spend- 
ing planets in the 3rd and 4th Signs, and this leads 
him to take his money out of steel rails, and to put it 
into libraries. Books and libraries come under the 
3rd and 4th Signs, the same as steel rails. He does 




IVolb 
OWNER OF TELEPHONE LINE 



—9 



122 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



not bank money like one who has a strong 2nd Sign. 
He is also an author, and should be a master hand 
with the pen. 

In No. 25 we have a great ship-builder. Neptune 
stands between the 3rd and 4th Signs with seven plan- 
ets. What more would you want? Jupiter stands in 
the 1st giving inventive ability. The Transits are 
also very strong at this point. Such a horoscope 
would give him success with anything coming under 
the 3rd and 4th Signs, but Neptune standing between 
the two and in the middle of the conjunction connects 
him strongly with the water and traveling by boat. 




Afo 27 

A GREAT INHERITANCE 



MONEY AND HEAVEN 



123 



In No. 26 planetary conditions resemble those in 
No. 24. Mars appears in the 2nd, however, and this 
indicates quarreling" over money matters, and possible 
law suits. His 12th. Sign is good, and this lessens the 
danger of law suits. He started life as an employee 
o f a telephone company, and later became the owner 
c/ a telephone line. He is still quite a young man. 

YVe prefer to study the lives of those who have 
made their own fortunes as it were ; when wealth is 
inherited we expect to find the influences governing 
it, in the horoscopes of the parents or grand-parents 
in a large degree. 




Mo n 

A GREAT FINANCIER 



124 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



No. 27 inherited an immense fortune from his 
father in November, 1912. His chart is given just as 
it stood on his 21st birthday, when all his good plan- 
ets were in his 2nd and 4th Signs. The 4th Sign gov- 
erns the father and mother, and five good planets in 
the 4th would indicate large gains from his father. 
Neptune in the 2nd would indicate money coming 
through water or liquids, and in this case his father 
was drowned. Saturn, Mars, and Uranus, all his evil 
planets are left to govern the 11th and 12th Signs, 
and everything adjacent to them. Jupiter stands op- 
posite Neptune in the 2nd Sign, and only one bad 




/l/bfl/7 
SUDDEN PROMOTION 



MONEY AND HEAVEN 



125 



planet stands in the 4th in the Transits. The Moon in 
the Nativity is in the 4th, and Venus and Mercury 
form a conjunction there with good planets. His 12th 
and 1st were not good at that time. This is the most 
important point in his life. 

In No. 28 we come to wealth gained through the 
11th Sign; all the good planets are placed in the 11th. 
Planets in the 10th run a conjunction with a power- 
ful 11th Sign, thus we find him inheriting ten millions 
from his father to begin with. In the same way he 
would always draw well in land. He acted as direc- 
tor of a number of railways. A person with a strong 




jVo 3c 

MILLIONAIRE CATTLEMAN 



126 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



3rd and 4th would become wealthy in the building of 
railroads, while a strong 11th would draw money 
through collecting the fares ; the same as a per- 
son having a strong 11th would draw money from 
large audiences. Theatre tickets and railway 
tickets work along the same line. It is said that his 
wealth consisted chiefly in stocks and securities. 
With six good planets in the 11th Sign he would 
draw from everyone with whom he came into con- 
tact ; he would be a dangerous man to gamble with. 

He died on a visit to Europe with the Moon leaving 
his traveling Sign. 




Mo 3/ 
SCIENCE PRODUCES WEALTH 



MONEY AND HEAVEN 127 

No. 29 is a lady who became wealthy. This chart 
shows her as a young lady whose parents had been in 
straightened circumstances, going to New York and 
attracting the attention of millionaires. Before many 
years she was married to a rich man, and later her 
husband died, leaving all his wealth to his widow. 
She then took an active part in public affairs spend- 
ing her money freely for any charity in which she be- 
came interested. This little girl had to go out to 
work, earning not as much as lots of little girls spend 
on candy, but she didn't go and commit suicide. 

When you girls strike a very bad place, you must 
remember there is a very good place somewhere in 
your horoscope. Give it a fair trial before you at- 
tempt suicide, and when you come into the good 
place, don't forget the little girl who is in trouble as 
you were once. 

You will notice in the chart that the Moon has been 
in conjunction with Uranus leaving the 4th Sign. The 
4th is the Sign of the father and mother. It has now 
passed on where it strikes Neptune, Mercury, Venus, 
and the Sun — four good planets in the 11th Sign, 
which is the Sign of friends among strangers. These 
good planets show that she draws great favors from 
friends; a strong 11th also brings her a youthful old 
age. 

We have now to present a man whose money comes 
through the 12th Sign; he is a millionaire cattle man. 
He and his partner owned at one time 86,000 cattle 
and 100,000 sheep, besides the land ~which provided 
them with pasture. He came from Germany at 19 
years of age, and began life as a butcher's boy. Ve- 
nus passes through the 3rd and 4th Signs, reaching 
the 5th at 80 years of age. Mercury passes through 
the 3rd and 4th twice, entering the 12th at 34 and at 
80. A conjunction of Venus and Mercury in the 3rd 



128 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

and 4th drew land. He is well known to the business 
men of California. 

Our last Chart, Xo. 31 is that of a lady who not 
only accumulated w r ealth mounting into the millions, 
but had a very eventful life. An element of mystery 
also appears in her teachings. 

This Chart shows the birth of her child. The 
Moon stands with Mars in her 11th Sign, no good plan- 
et near it. Although her relatives were wealthy the 
boy was not allowed to live with her ; this caused 
her to grieve constantly and her health remained bad 
Finally a physician ventured the opinion that if she 
had her child she would improve in health, and he 
persuaded her to marry him. She did so only on con- 
dition that the child should live with her. She kept 
him for a time, but his foster mother took him away, 
telling him that his mother was dead : and she did 
not see her boy for many years. When she met him 
again he was not like her son, so that nothing but 
grief accompanied her 11th Sign. In her declining 
years she adopted a son, but there was still too much 
Mars around her 11th Sign. 

Uranus in the marriage Sign also caused trouble, 
her first husband died, her second eloped with another 
woman, and the third died. Had she turned her back on 
marriage and chosen a public career, she might have 
been happier. The doctrine of faith-healing consti- 
tutes the mysterious part of her life. So far as her 
own cure was concerned she might have been relieved 
of the trouble by the fall with which she met. We 
hear of such cases occasionally. The suffering she 
experienced for a few days might have been the re- 
sult of the reaction caused by the change, or it may 
have been real miraculous faith-healing. The. Moon 
is in her 3rd Sign, or rather leaving her 3rd, and Ve- 
nus is in the 11th coming into conjunction with Mars 



MONEY AND HEAVEN 129 

at that time. Assuming that Mars in the 11th caused 
the trouble then Venus coming into conjunction with 
Mars would relieve the trouble. From the stand- 
point of planetary influence this would be a satisfac- 
tory explanation. Apart from planetary influence it 
is known that the mind has a powerful effect upon 
the body. If you doubt it try a few experiments. 
Some night when you are wrought up over an un- 
pleasant occurrence, you have a splitting headache, 
and feel wretched clean to your finger tips, think of 
some beautiful, soothing verse that you have learned. 
If you are inclined to worry keep a stock of these on 
hand, for worry kills far more people than work. 
Many diseases are brought on by worry pure and 
simple, and as soon as you lose sleep it tells upon 
your health. When you repeat these verses allow 
yourself to relax and give them an opportunity to per- 
meate your entire system. Keep repeating them un- 
til they take effect, they will be worth any number 
of doses of some opiate. In a short time your head- 
ache will disappear and a peaceful, restful feeling will 
steal over you right to your finger tips, just as the 
wretchedness permeated your entire system. 

We have been much interested in the discovery 
which Commandant Darget professes to have made. 
He claims that thought may be photographed from 
the head and from other sensitive parts of the body as 
well. From this fact we learn that thought per- 
meates the whole body, unpleasant thoughts giving 
pain, and pleasant thoughts relieving pain. The law 
of transference might also be of assistance to our 
friend in her work of healing the sick. When a per- 
son was healed he was supposed to preach the gospel 
of divine healing to others. In so doing he would be 
brought into association with many who were sick 
and infirm. His own illness would then take the 



130 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

form of associating with those who were ill. Such 
changes are very frequently seen in the working of 
planetary influence. This same law might have as- 
sisted in working a cure for herself. In her latter days 
Mercury and the Moon passed Neptune and the Sun 
in her 2nd Sign and the money rolled in. She and No. 
29 were born in the same year, but in a different 
Sign. The 11th and 12th in the former correspond 
with the 1st and 2nd in the latter. 

We have shown you charts representing wealth ; 
multimillionaires, most of them, from the 2nd Sign 
back to the 2nd. Those whose wealth consists chief- 
ly in money have a heavy 2nd Sign, and those whose 
wealth consists in other possessions, show large con- 
junctions in the other Signs, according to the form 
their wealth takes. Some of them have trouble over 
money. They keep their money tied up in business, 
or have lawsuits and quarrels over it. 

It is not necessary to illustrate bad money signs. 
Mars causes quarrels and lawsuits or losses by fire, 
Saturn causes delays, and money comes in very slow- 
ly. A person having Saturn in the 2nd Sign in con- 
junction with good planets accumulates wealth in 
the latter part of his life. Saturn holds it back. Ur- 
anus is a deceiver in money matters. A man may 
have money and lose it. or he may see a prospect of 
great wealth which never materializes. Conjunctions 
of these planets bring combinations of trouble. The 
2nd Sign, as has been said before, does not strictly 
speaking govern wealth, it governs money. The only 
way to acquire wealth is to put your money into 
something indicated by the Sign in which your good 
planets stand. If you study this book carefully you 
will be able to fix upon the best point. With good 
planets in the 1st Sign you should gain along the 
line of clothing, education, and religion, or you may 



MONEY AND HEAVEN 131 

gain by marriage. Good planets in the 2nd, banking 
loans, etc. Good 3rd, anything connected with trav- 
eling or writing, such as railroading, newspaper work, 
book publishing, etc. Good 4th, land, mining, build- 
ing, insurance, etc. Good 5th, traveling, appearing 
before public audiences, education, stocks, betting, 
gambling, etc. These latter also require a good 2nd. 
Sign, if money is at stake. If something else is at 
stake, watch the Sign under which it falls. The 12th 
governs everything connected with animals and the 
feet; even furs and anything procured from animals. 
Floors and paving also come under the 12th, and 
everything connected with food, eating, or drinking. 
There is a peculiar connection between animals, eat- 
ing, and the feet. We feed animals and also use them 
for food, and we make foot-wear from the hides of ani- 
mals. Our feet often come in contact with animals 
and they also travel on floors and paving. A child 
who is hungry will kick until he gets something good 
to eat, then he makes a happy motion with hi<=, feet. 
In the same way you can trace out an intimate con- 
nection between those things which are governed by 
any of the other Signs. At first sight the classifica- 
tion seems arbitrary and senseless, but as we study the 
indications of the Signs we cannot fail to see the 
connection. 

If you have good planets in two Signs, combine the 
Signs in selecting an occupation. You must also 
study the planets. If Neptune is under good influences 
everything connected with w^ater will prosper. Nep- 
tune and the Sun for oil, Neptune and Venus 
for fancy drinks, or art. Neptune and Mars 
control the Navy and "fire-water". The latter 
do not come under good influences, but a 
person having this conjunction in the horoscope will 
incline to follow such occupations. Innumerable 
combinations mav be formed. 



132 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

We have told you how wealth comes and we will 
now tell you how heaven comes ; you cannot all have 
money in abundance, but you can all have heaven. 
Some men say, "I wish I could believe in heaven, but 
I can't/' Don't let the devil fool you out of heaven by 
making you believe there isn't any such place. Re- 
member that is where you are going to get your re- 
ward for the $10.00 you gave a man when he was in 
need. This man became your enemy, returned evil 
for good and you never got any reward in this world 
for your kind act, but God entered it in his account 
book and will reward you for it ; he tells us to lay up 
our treasure in heaven. God's revelation tells us of 
heaven ; man's innate conscience tells him of heaven ; 
nearly all tribes, no matter how barbarous, believe in 
a future life, and future reward or punishment ; our 
own reason also tells us that there must be a place 
where the wrongs of life are righted. 

There will be some great surprises in heaven; there 
will be men there who never saw the inside of a church. 
That poor fellow over in "Sing Sing" who forgot his 
own wretchedness in ministering tQ the suffering 
ones around him will be there. True, the judge found 
him guilty, but the judge did not inquire into his mo- 
tives, or the causes leading up to the crime, or even 
his past life. He inquired where he was born, how 
old he was, and where he had spent the past years of 
his life, and a few superficial questions such as could 
have no possible bearing upon the degree of his guilt 
or innocence. If the poor fellow was honest enough 
to plead guilty he got his sentence according to the 
law. God does not judge in that way, "God looks 
upon the heart." He says, you stole that money and 
it was wrong, but you spent your life helping others 
and saved nothing for yourself, and when you were 
in want you took a little from some one who would 



MONEY AND HEAVEN 133 

not miss it, and never gave his money to help another 
man. You are forgiven for the wrong you have done ; 
you have a large bank account in heaven, and your 
present difficulty only cuts you down a few dollars. 
God is your best friend ; he understands you from the 
beginning to the end ; with him the hairs of your 
head are all numbered. "Sing Sing" is as near to 
God and as near to heaven as any other place on the 
earth. Whatever your position in life, don't let any 
one fool you into thinking there is no heaven, or em- 
bitter you against God. 

If God committed any crime against you it was 
in creating you a free agent with the power to choose 
right and wrong; when you choose the wrong don't 
blame God. If you wish to go to heaven study the 
passage we have quoted from the fifth chapter of Gal- 
atians. If you belong to the former class you could 
not enjoy heaven ; if you belong to the latter and keep 
on good terms with God heaven is yours. 



134 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

CHAPTER XL 
Traveling. 

Here we have the greatest pleasure giver, the great- 
est money waster, the greatest time spender on the 
earth. It is also attended with great danger. Some 
one will say, "Can't you figure out the times when 
it will be least dangerous and travel at those times ?" 
Yes, we can where the person is merely going on a 
pleasure trip, but so often we travel because we have 
a particular reason for traveling at that time; it may 
be illness or death among our friends, some business 
to which we must attend, or some person we wish to 
accompany. Often you cannot choose your own time 
for traveling; when you can you should by all means 
choose the best time. There is one thing certain, it 
would not be well for a person to choose an occupa- 
tion connected with traveling unless his horoscope 
was good at that point. We cannot but recall the 
fate of the captain and crew r of the steamer Rosen- 
crans. It was wrecked three times, and the third time 
the captain and crew were lost. Neptune has been in 
conjunction with Uranus for several years. Mars 
comes in once in ten months, or more, and this 
is the time when trouble may be expected, special 
trouble we mean. The first 3 months of 1913 are 
said to have been more disastrous to shipping than 
any period within fifty years. It is eighty years 
since the same planetary conditions prevailed, and 
strict regulations should be made with regard to ad- 
equate provisions for life saving. The captain and 
crew should have good horoscopes for the water ; that 
is one place where astrology might be of great value. 
A captain with good traveling indications will draw 
passengers and crew having the same, and one with 
danger in his horoscope draws passengers who belong 
to that class. 



TRAVELING 



135 



Chart No. 32 and No. 33 we present in connection 
with traveling. This is a famous writer who perished 
with about 1500 others in the wreck of the 
steamer Titanic. In chart No. 33 the Moon 
appears in his 4th Sign, with all the bad 
planets, Uranus, Saturn and Mars. The 4th Sign 
stands for the home, or the place where you make 
your abode. His evil planets being in the 
4th, he met a tragic death in a cabin of the 
ill-fated steamer; had these planets appeared in 
the 3rd he would probably have been on the 
w r ater. We are reminded of the fact that he 




NO. 33 AS A WRITER 



136 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



was once imprisoned for three months in con- 
nection with something w r hich appeared in his paper; 
evil influences in the 4th lead to imprisonment in 
many cases. It does not require any flight of the im- 
agination to see a connection between being impris- 
oned in a cell, and coming to a tragic end in the cabin 
of a sinking steamer. It is said that he wrote the 
description of a wreck, taking place in the same vi- 
cinity many years before ; we have failed to secure 
the date. To those who understand the working of 
astrology such a coincidence does not appear at all 
strange. He would be liable to some presentiment 




j(/o 3 3 

EDITOR LOST AT SEA. 



TRAVELING 



137 



along that line whenever the Moon touched his 4th 
Sign. No. 32 shows his connection with writ- 
ing, every planet but one appearing in the 3rd and 
4th Signs. The Sun in his 2nd gives him a good 
pull on money. Besides having an influential place 
as a newspaper man he published a number of books 
which have been widely read. The little^ incident of 
his imprisonment only served to advertise his works; 
a man's enemies are frequently his best advertisers. 
He occupied a high place in public esteem. Across a 
page giving a short sketch of his life we find written, 
"An irreparable loss." 




J\)o 3^ 
MAN OF WEALTH IX DISASTER 



138 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



Chart No. 34 shows the death of a wealthy Amer- 
ican on the Steamer Titantic. The Transits were the 
same for every one in the world at that particular 
time, excepting that they strike a different place in 
the horoscope. You will notice Neptune in conjunc- 
tion with Uranus, Mars and the Sun between the 1st 
and 2nd Signs for both these men. In other horo- 
scopes this conjunction would appear at a different 
point. In that of No. 35 it appears between the 2nd 
and 3rd. Neptune in conjunction with evil planets 
at any point in the horoscope indicates evil connected 
with water or liquids. No. 34 has Neptune forming 




OFFICIAL OF STEAMER TITANIC. 



TRAVELING 



139 



a conjunction with Mars, Saturn, and Venus between 
the 3rd and 4th Sign. Venus indicates women con- 
nected with the tragedy ; in this case he was traveling 
with his wife. 

Chart No. 35 is that of a prominent official whose 
life was saved from the Titanic. He shows a good 
3rd and 4th in the Nativity. The Transits entering 
the 3rd are bad, and his 11th Sign shows Neptune 
in conjunction with Saturn indicating friends in dan- 
ger of death by water. Jupiter in the conjunction 
indicates a prospect of being saved. No. 35 shows an 
evil 1st Sign with the Moon just passing out, indi- 




J\fo bb 
DEATH AND BURIAL OF 



AMBASSADOR 



140 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



eating great trouble among women. He was getting 
a taste of this when he begged the captain of the 
Carpathia to give him a room where he remained 
during the balance of the trip. The Nativity being 
good in the 3rd and 4th Signs saved his life. 

In No 36 the death and burial of the late United 
States ambassador to England is presented. His 3rd 
and 4th Signs connect him with the Navy. His Moon 
is in the 3rd Sign with Mars and the Sun in the 4th. 
The Sun in conjunction with Mars and Neptune in- 
dicates distinction through the Navy, and his body 
was brought to America on a British man of war. 




yi/o37 

ARCTIC EXPLORER 



TRAVELING 



141 



The Moon in the conjunction indicates the time. 
Death occurring in the 3rd Sign is usually accom- 
panied by traveling, either before or after death. 

Xo. 37, an Arctic explorer, is now introduced. His 
3rd Sign is good but his 11th shows a rough time. 
His Sign of friends was evidently in bad shape about 
the time he made his Arctic voyage. Neptune is 
there indicating distress on the water or connected 
with water. Mercury is there showing trouble con- 
nected with traveling, writing, or both. Saturn and 
Mars are there to make the trouble, and the Moon 
entering the Sign indicates the time. The scene is 




Ho 3$ 

A RIVAL TO NO. 37 



142 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



laid in the Sign of friends among strangers, indicating 
rough treatment at the hands of friends or rough 
treatment to friends. 

Xo. 38, his rival, shows a different horoscope, Nep- 
tune being in a good position, standing alone with 
Jupiter between the 11th and 12th Signs; it shows 
gain through friends, also connected with the water. 
The Moon passed through the 12th Sign under good 
influences, showing a profitable trip and gain through 
the 11th and 12th Signs. The Moon however passes 
into his 1st Sign and it is bad for women. The Moon 
is entering the 3rd Sign in 1913, and this Sign governs 




)\ f c b^J 

A TITLED EXPLORER 



TRAVELING 



143 



traveling and written documents. The Sun in con- 
junction with Mercury and Saturn there indicates 
that he is distinguished by mysterious writings. Sat- 
urn governs mystery. 

In No. 39 we present the horoscope of a duke who 
is a naval officer as well as a famous explorer. Mars 
in his 3rd Sign leads him through the battle field in 
his travels. Mars in conjunction with Neptune con- 
nects him with the Navy, although the Sun not be- 
ing in the conjunction, he may be more famous along 
some other line. All his planets are in the 1st and 
3rd Signs. One would think that he went traveling 




hjo I4O 
LOST IN THE SOUTH SEAS 



144 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

to escape from the women. His 1st Sign is power- 
fully strong, and his observation will be unusually 
keen. He should discover many wonderful things on 
his voyages. 

We see nothing to indicate how far north any of 
these explorers traveled. The Duke we believe lays 
claim to having traveled nearly as close to the pole as 
Xo. 38, and Xo. 37 claims to have located it as nearly 
as it can be located. One question puzzles us : it is 
said that the Earth travels around the Sun at the 
rate of nearly 20 miles per second, and it travels on 
its axis at the rate of about 20 miles a minute ; when 
we reach the poles, however, the 20 mile a minute 
speed is cancelled. The speed is lessened as you ap- 
proach the poles until when you reach the poles, the 
earth has only one motion, consisting of 20 miles a 
second around the Sun. It seems probable that this 
change would at least affect the atmosphere. Xo ab- 
normal conditions or peculiar sensations have been 
recorded thus far, unless the story of Xo. 40, who 
lost his life in the Antarctic, reveals something of the 
kind ; his bad planets are in the 12th and 2nd, show- 
ing scarcity of food and provisions to be the cause of 
death. Saturn opposite Saturn would lead to danger 
from cold. Xeptune governing water runs a conjunc- 
tion with Mars and Saturn in the 12th Sign governing 
food. Saturn stands opposite in the Transits. Ura- 
nus stands in the 2nd both in Nativity and Transits. 
Such a scene causes one to feel very sad. However, 
if the captain and his -brave comrades were good 
men, they received a far greater welcome at their 
homecoming than England ever could have given 
them. 

"They shall hunger no more neither thirst any 
more, for the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne 
shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living foun- 



TRAVELING 



145 



tains of waters : and God shall wipe away all tears 
from their eyes.'' One would think this message was 
written for just such a case. The captain's last 
thoughts seem to have been of his men and his fam- 
ily. This is the sort of man God wants in heaven ac- 
cording to the test given in Matt. xxv. 

In No. 41 we find a man who even in this age of 
quick transit prefers to use his feet. At the age of 
70 years he walked from New York to San Francisco, 
the distance of 3,895 miles in 104 days and 7 hours, 
and the following year he walked from Los Angeles 
to New York, a distance of 3,483 miles, in 77 davs. 




JVo. l+i 
GREAT PEDESTRIAN 



146 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



This feat is without parallel in the annals of pedes- 
trianism. Our chart shows the position of the planets 
when he first opened up his remarkable series of walk- 
ing stunts. He has four good planets in the 12th 
Sign, governing the feet, the Sun included. Persons 
having a strong 12th Sign are always fond of walk- 
ing, driving, or horse-back riding, the 12th Sign be- 
ing connected with animals and the feet; the 12th is 
also connected with enemies ; this fact accounts for 
the suffragist hikes that have puzzled so many. A 
man when he is very much annoyed will rise and pace 
the floor or start in to boot some person. A child will 




A 



GREAT AVIATOR 



TRAVELING 



147 



dance on the floor to give vent to its outraged feel- 
ings, but the women quietly take a hike to cool off 
their indignation. They should be respected for not 
adopting a more disorderly method of resentment. 
No. 41 at 70 years of age has Venus leaving the 12th, 
Mercury leaving the 4th, and the Moon entering the 
3rd. The large conjunction around the Sun in the 
Transits strikes his 12th Sign, giving a strong impe- 
tus to the walking craze. 

No. 42 is the horoscope of a man who represents 
the latest thing in traveling, the aeroplane. It is said 
that he has flown more miles than any other aviator 




ROUGH SEA PASSAGE 



148 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



in the world. He was the winner of the first aero- 
plane race across the country ever held in America, 
the flight being from New York to Philadelphia. His 
famous dip over Niagara Falls, under the great in- 
ternational bridge, and through the gorge, and his 
record breaking climb to a height of 11,642 feet at 
Chicago are regarded as the last word in spectacular 
stunts with an aeroplane. Neptune and Venus in 
conjunction between the 3rd and 4th Signs would give 
him success in his stunts around the Niagara Falls. 
Uranus governs aeroplanes and Uranus forming one 
of a large conjunction in the 2nd or money Sign, indi- 




PASSENGER WITH NO. 43 



TRAVELING 149 

cates money made through aeroplanes. Saturn and 
the Sun in conjunction in the 11th Sign indicate not- 
able deaths among friends. 

Planets in the 3rd Sign run a conjunction with 
seven planets in the 2nd and 4th. 

Charts No. 43 and 44 are those of passengers on a 
steamer which encountered a very rough sea. In the 
first chart you will notice Neptune in conjunction 
with Uranus and Saturn in the 4th Sign and the Moon 
between the 3rd and 4th, Mars standing opposite in 
the Transits. The Sun and Mars and the conjunc- 
tions opposite in the 12th represent food difficulties. 

The second chart shows Neptune in conjunction 
with Saturn between the 12th and 1st Signs and Mars 
and Uranus in conjunction between the 2nd and 3rd 
Signs, and Mars, Uranus and Neptune opposite in 
the Transits. We find however that Jupiter, Venus 
and Mercury also come into conjunction with the bad 
planets. These we believe prevent disaster. A brief 
account of the trip written by one of the passengers 
is here given in verse. 

A STORM AT SEA. 

The good boat sailed with waters calm, and skies so clear, 
The murmur of a wave you'd seldom chance to hear; 
While she was gently gliding on the ocean's breast, 
The weary passengers prepared for sleep and rest. 

But oh the morn! We waken long before 'tis light; 
A heavy rolling sea is all that greets our sight; 
Our heads are swimming, hearts are sick, — no sight of land; 
The boat doth roll and plunge, and we can scarcely stand. 
"We're in the straits," said one, "when we get out to sea. 
The weather will be fine; the waves will calmer be." 
While with our hands we held our seats both sure and fast, 
Afraid that every dreadful hour might be our last, 
A mighty wave just swept the creaking boat once more, 



150 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

And landed us into the middle of the floor. 

The cook was one who didn't have his trials to make, 
For ev'rything spilled that would spill, and ev'rything broke 

that would break. 
The dishes on the table then were hedged about, 
And we were served with food we could not live without; 
At last starvation won the day, so we did eat; 
One hand did grasp the food, the other held the seat. 

The second day and night, a strong head wind was ours, 
The clouds were very dark, the air was full of showers. 
The gale, like some dread monster, held the ship at bay: 
We scarcely made a knot throughout the livelong day. 
Then spake a sturdy man: "Fve traveled much and far, 
The gates of every land have stood for me ajar: 
But never such a storm, has been my fate to see — 
"Twill be my very last upon an angry sea!" 

And while the staunch old vessel rolled and plunged away, 
Refusing still the captain's orders to obey; 
The surging load of human freight found peace and rest, 
In such a manner as occasion might suggest. 
The weary mother sought to comfort oft her child 
With thoughts of God and love, till heaven almost smiled, 
Through such a dread and awful night as that! 
The tearful maiden, as in lonely grief she sat, 
Afraid to yield to nature's urgent call for sleep, 
Oft sung in accents low, "The cradle of the deep.,, 
The faithful husband's fears were skillfully concealed, 
The loving father not one thought of self revealed; 
While wretched woman lay in berths the waves had washed, 
And children cried for decks the sea had lashed. 
And yet, amid these terrifying scenes, we find 
A group of reckless men, fair sample of their kind. 
Regarding neither devil, God nor human life, — 
With tales of preachers ghosts and stiffs, the air was rife; 
And when you could but hear the rattle of their bones, 
Another interspersed a snatch from "Casey Jones." 



TRAVELING 151 

Nor berth, nor sleep, we sought that livelong dreadful 
night; 
And when the steward appeared at early morning light, — « 
" What's here?" quoth he. 'A life preserver don't you see;" 
"Such things are useless in a sea like this," said he. 

But when we sought the deck that day, to know 
How high the waves did rise, how strong the wind did blow, 
A brighter hope than heretofore did light our way; 
The wind had changed; we plunged ahead the livelong day. 
We lingered long, and in the grandeur of the scene, 
Forgot the angry sea — the terror that had been. 
The great dark waves, like hills, would rise to meet the sky, 
Then splash, and roar, and suige, and foam as we passed by. 
And oh, the blue blue waves! and oh, the white white 

spray! 
The softly plumaged birds, that ride the waves alway;, 
The ever changing, restless, raging, awful sea! 
A symbol of the life that is, and glory that's to be. 

The great blue sky, with here and there a fleecy cloud, 
Was stretched above; the kingly sun, so grand and proud, 
Had cast a gleam of radiance on the distant shore: — 
Perchance some kindly watcher heard the ocean's roar, 
And breathed a prayer for us, as we were passing by; 
A plunging, heaving mass, against a stormy sky! 

The heav'ns grew dark, then streaked with gold and red; 
The sun did hide his face, the clouds great tear drops shed. 
While many hearts grew faint, and hope was almost gone, 
Our gallant boat, ev'n then, plunged on and on and on, 
Just rocking like a cradle, heaving through the main; 
While oft we held our breath, till up she came again. 

Once more the clouds disperse — the sun breaks forth 
anew, 
As if to take a peep at what the storm might do; — 
But see! another dark and threatening storm doth rise; 
Another brightly tinted cloud is painted in the skies; 
The heav'ns break, and in the sea, a shower of hail 



152 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

Doth dot the water white, like some fair ladies' veil. 

How wonderful! we ask you to behold the scene; — 
The surging, white capped blue, is changed to emerald green. 
But oh! a boat heaves up between us and the shore, — 
A plunging mass, perhaps five miles away or more: 
Like some great frightened steed, she rears up in the air, 
And while we watch, remains a few short moments there;—* 
Then down she goes! the smoke stack all that we can see; 
God pity her! T'were better on the land to be. 

And yet again, the glory of the scene did change; 
The water turned to golden brown, with beauty strange: 
The marvels of the water, beauty of the sky, — 
Kaledioscopic scenes that with each other vie! 
The grandeur of the heavens, wonders of the sea, 
Forecasting ev'n the glory of that which is to be, 
No words can e'er describe, or painters brush portray: — 
Sweet compensation these, for those who brave the day. 

At last tired nature claims her own, — we fall asleep; 
And waking all is still; — A start and then a peep, — 
Oh joy! the lights! The lights are those of Golden Gate. 
We pass into the harbor. — All's well, but two days late. 
Sea never seemed so calm, sky never seemed so blue, 
Sun never shone so warm, God never seemed so true, 
As when our storm-tossed souls in peace and safety lay — 
Our good old ship at rest in San Francisco Bay. 



GREAT WRITERS 153 

CHAPTER XII. 

Great Writers. 

In introducing the subject of literature, we do not 
hesitate to express the opinion that the Bible takes 
first rank ; not only as a revelation of God's will to 
man, but as a great literary work. There are sections 
in the Old Testament, where we would prefer to see 
the language modernized; and there are little inac- 
curacies which have crept into it, either in the original 
manuscript or in the work of translation. We do not, 
however, agree with those who proclaim the ignor- 
ance of the Apostles. True, some of them were fish- 
ermen, and yet they may have been men of splendid 
mental ability, and possessing a fair degree of learn- 
ing; their writings do not savor of ignorance. In 
Matt. xix:28, we are told that at the last day they 
should sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve 
tribes of Israel ; this will surely be no mean position 
to occupy. It has always seemed a matter for regret 
that Christ himself did not leave a manuscript, but 
he seems to have done very little waiting; the Apos- 
tles were his scribes. 

We cannot give the horoscopes of any Bible writ- 
ers, and as we have from time to time given many ex- 
tracts from its pages, we pass on to consider a few 
of the great names of the nineteenth century. 

There are all sorts of styles from which to select. 
There is the easy, simple, graceful, lucid style, that 
we all enjoy when our time is limited for reading. 
Then there is the deep, philosophic, mystical, vision- 
ary style, that was our bugaboo in school days. You 
remember in the literary class how the professor 
would raise his eyes so as to peer over his glasses, 
and call Miss S — to explain what was meant by a cer- 
tain passage; then he would ask Mr. M — if he caught 



—10 



154 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

the meaning there; and after wrenching an explana- 
tion of some sort from at least half a dozen members 
of the class, who were anxious to distinguish them- 
selves, he would finally, out of the whole muddle, 
formulate a conception of some sort which he volun- 
teered as a correct interpretation of the thought 
which the author wished to convey. In our opinion, 
time is too precious, and brain matter too expensive, 
to be wasted after any such fashion. Then there is 
a style often seen in poetry, where you find a few 
beautiful gems in a rough and rugged setting like an 
oasis in a desert or a patch of blue sky after a rain- 
storm; the gem glitters more beautifully by contrast 
with its surroundings. 

Sometimes, during excursions among book-shelves, 
we see a long row of books entitled : "Literary Criti- 
cism", "The Literary Critic", "Library of Criticism", 
etc. ; some of them beautifully bound, and really try- 
ing to pose as works of art. We never look inside 
those books. The man who wrote them should have 
been improving his talent in trying to place some- 
thing of merit on the shelves himself, instead of 
tearing down the building of another ; trampling laur- 
el wreaths and hard earned trophies in the dust. If 
he thinks a book is not good let him write a better, 
and let the great amalgamation of brain power 
throughout the world decide upon its merits. Her- 
bert Spencer on hearing his father praise a book re- 
marked : "I could write a better book on the subject 
myself", and he gave the world his best. Sometimes 
snarly bits of criticism are found in ordinary biogra- 
phy books, although many are beautifully written and 
worthy of the highest commendation. We recollect 
in a sketch of Sarah Bernhardt reading something 
about her eccentricities. This sentence, which is cop- 
ied word for word, appeared : "Among her other ec- 
centricities she once got married. " If there was any- 



GREAT WRITERS 155 

thing eccentric about the manner in which she was 
married it was not stated ; the case was not explained. 
The writer then went on to mention her interest in 
sculpture and art, classing them as eccentricities. 
Some persons naturally have such jealous natures 
that they cannot see anyone above them without try- 
ing to pull them down. He who builds on another's 
ruins is building the devil's structure. 

Xow a few words on newspapers. If we were look- 
ing around for a place where we could live a quiet 
life, and yet have a mighty influence in the world, we 
would qualify for newspaper work. Talk about min- 
isters ; they deliver an address to a very limited num- 
ber once or twice a week, while the newspaper man 
has his fling at a few thousand every day. If he can't 
mould public sentiment it is not the fault of his op- 
portunity, particularly in these days when there is 
so much excitement in the air, and everyone must 
read the newspaper. His opportunity is great and his 
responsibility is correspondingly great. The daily 
paper is certainly a wonderful commodity. For a 
penny you can get the news from every part of the 
world, and if there is any part of the world you don't 
hear from, you know T that nothing important took 
place in that locality. We might write for hours 
upon the wonders of the newspaper, and the mighty 
influence which it is privileged to wield, but space 
will not permit. Newspaper men are very clever. 
They can dispose of almost any question that arises 
in a satisfactory manner, and make mince meat of 
their opponents on the shortest notice. Editorials are 
written while you wait, and news is carted out whole- 
sale ; we cannot wonder if it is not always accurate. 
The newspaper is also a great advertiser. When you 
slide from the path of rectitude, and trouble overtakes 
you, it joyfully spreads the news far rind wide by 



156 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



special dispatch, and never charges you a cent. Some- 
times we hate it and yet we cannot live without it. 

Chart No. 45 gives you the author of "Treasure 
Island," novelist and poet. His mother was gifted 
with the pen and his father Avas a lighthouse builder. 
Each of these come under the 3rd Sign hence the writ- 
ing talent inherited by the son. Uranus and Saturn 
in the 12th Sign subjected him to chest trouble all his 
life, and also caused him to write in a weird gloomy 
and pathetic strain. Good planets appearing in the 
3rd and 4th gave him his beautiful home in the Sam- 
oan Islands. He seems to have been happily married 




POET AND NOVELIST 



GREAT WRITERS 157 

although Uranus, Saturn and Mars guard the 1st 
Sign; ill health took the place of marriage affliction. 
His first trip to America was made while the Moon 
was in his bad 12th Sign and his death occurred when 
the Moon came to the 12th again. He died very sud- 
denly while planning a lecture tour in America ; he 
was talking gaily with his wife when he threw his 
hands to his head and dropped dead. His death re- 
minds us of the story of a man who was a Christian 
and yet was never heard to pray. Every night he read 
the Bible and gave utterance to the words, "Good 
night, Lord Jesus, good night." This great novelist 
and poet had traveled on intimate terms with death 
all his life and he only required to say, Good night, 
O death, good night. His death scenes are among his 
greatest masterpieces. His rural descriptions eman- 
ating" from the 3rd and 4th and his poems to children 
emanating from the 11th Sign, take on a more cheer- 
ful form governed by good planets in these Signs. 

In No. 46 the author of the "Bonnie Brier Bush," 
we have an eminent clergyman and writer born ten 
days earlier than No. 45 ; for this reason a striking 
resemblance between the two horoscopes is observed. 
No. 46 also suffered from chest troubles coming under 
the 12th and he excelled in pathetic scenes. A com- 
parison of the lives of these two men would prove 
very interesting, but space will not permit. Like all 
other novelists they select their characters from those 
with whom they come in contact. Apart from the 
characters introduced their writings are very similar 
particularly where they both use the Scotch dialect. 
No. 46 w2ls very fond of animals, many touching ref- 
erences being made to those in his writings. He was 
also very much attached to uncles and aunts who were 
removed by premature death ; grief of this nature 
arises from a bad 12th Sign; so also does the interest 



158 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



which he manifested in the Boer War. He delivered 
lectures upon the subject and received many letters of 
which he said : "About half the people seem to think 
I am a prophet and the other half an ass. From this 
I would infer that I am in de middle ob de road." In 
Great Britain 256,000 copies of "Beside the Bonnie 
Brier Bush" were sold and in America 484,000 and it 
is said that not a single unfavorable review has been 
traced. This may be accounted for by the fact that 
Mercury and the Sun stand between the 3rd and 4th 
Signs, and no evil planets enter into the conjunction. 
Any book could be criticised but his horoscope did not 
draw criticism. 




CLERGYMAN AND WRITER 



GREAT WRITERS 



159 



No. 47 the author of "Columbus" and many other 
beautiful poems is a writer who had a very romantic 
career. At one time he is adopted by a tribe of Indi- 
ans, and taking an active part in their savage raids ; 
and at another he is feasted and flattered by royalty 
itself. The Moon in conjunction with Mars and Ur- 
anus in the 11th and 12th Signs leads him to camp 
with the Indians and to visit Mexico where he joined 
a filibustering expedition. The Moon in the 3rd and 
4th with 5 good planets to 1 bad draws success ; while 
under the benign influence of these planets he becomes 
lawyer, judge, editor and poet. His horoscope works 




A WESTERN POET 



160 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

like a see-saw up in the 3rd and 4th Signs and down 
in the 11th and 12th. Nothing but disappointment 
hovers over his children Sign. When ill health takes 
the place of trouble to children, his daughter comes 
to care for him in his last illness. His 12th Sign indi- 
cates wild animals and the following lines emanate 
from it. 

"This mad sea shows its teeth to-night ; 
He curls his lips, he lies in wait. 
With lifted teeth as if to bite." 

His passionate love for the beautiful in natural 
scenery emanates from the 3rd and 4th Signs and is 
illustrated by the following lines. 

"Be this my home till some fair star, 

Stoops earthward and shall beckon me ; 

For surely God-land lies not far 

From these Greek heights and this great sea." 

Uranus and Mars in the 11th, the Sign of friends 
leads him to take a deep interest in the unfortunate 
ones of the earth. The following lines are evidence 
on this point. 

"In men whom men condemn as ill, 

I find so much of goodness still, 

In men whom men pronounce divine 

I find so much of sin and blot, 

I hesitate to draw the line 

Between the two where God has not." 

A little story told of this poet illustrates in a strik- 
ing manner the influence of the 12 Sign. While vis- 
iting at the home of a lady in England his hostess 
after a prolonged search found him rolled in a rug 
skin upon the floor. "Where have you been?" said 
she. "In hell, madam," was the reply. The moon in 
his 12th Sign with Mars and Uranus led him to throw 



GREAT WRITERS 161 

himself on the floor and roll up in the skin of an ani- 
mal. It may be that hell comes under the 12th; a 
huge amount of misery emanates from it that is cer- 
tain. Physicians say that melancholia comes from 
liver derangement and impaired digestion, and the 
12th Sign governs the stomach and liver, so that we 
have a combination of the 12th Sign afflictions ; wild 
animals, the floor, melancholia, and it may be hell. 
The Sun, Mercury and Neptune in the 4th not only 
gave him a wonderful poetic instinct but gave him 
his beautiful home by the sea as well. Jupiter we 
think stands for mountains, Saturn for the earth, 
Venus for flowers and decorative features, the Sun for 
light and warmth, Mercury for birds, boats, and trav- 
eling, and Neptune for the water. Here we have the 
scene complete. Uranus and Mars are between the 
11th and 12th Signs and affect both equally. 

No. 48 is a great English scientific writer who in- 
herited philosophic language and ideas from his father 
and uncle who educated him. This style of language 
became as familiar to him during his childhood days 
as the language of the street does to most boys of 
to-day. He also had 12th Sign troubles. When a 
boy he was sent to his uncle to be educated and he 
became so homesick, that he started for home on foot 
walking 47 miles a day with very little food, and 
being too tired to sleep. Finally a driver took pity 
on him, but to add to his troubles rrs parents were 
angry when he reached home. His father however 
allowed him to remain for a time before sending him 
back. A combination of 12th Sign trials are found 
here; traveling on foot, hunger, and enemies. 

Some of our poor little boys think that those who 
have rich parents don't have any troubles but such is 
not the case. The poor woman weeps because she 
must give her children out to be cared for, while she 



162 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



earns the daily bread, and the wealthy mother bun- 
dles her children up bag and baggage and sends them 
off to be educated where she may not see them for 
months. The poor man comes home from work foot- 
sore lame and weary, and the rich man goes off on 
a hunting, fishing, or exploring trip and comes home 
the same way. Such is life. A strong 11th Sign in No. 
48 is responsible for his dealing so much with geneal- 
ogies and kindred topics. 

No. 49 is a clever American writer who contributes 
largely to magazines and periodicals. He frequently 
writes in an epigrammatic style and this may be laid 




AN ENGLISH SCIENTIST 



GREAT WRITERS 



163 



to the fact that his 3rd Sign is unusually strong and 
his 4th weak. The 4th is the constructive Sign and 
leads to building long sentences, also to writing po- 
etry. If the 4th Sign were stronger he would also be 
more inclined to build books. As it is he scatters his 
work broadcast as he writes. 

His 2nd and 3rd Signs remind us of a story we once 
heard. A boy was told by his mother to keep away 
from the berry patch, but he disobeyed her and in re- 
turn received a good lecture. Why didn't you say 
"Get thee behind me Satan." asked the mother. "I 
did," replied the boy. "and he pushed me right into the 
berry patch. " 




AN 



AMERICAN TOURXALIST 



164 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



Planets behind a Sign always work more strongly 
than those ahead of it, and the 3rd Sign in Xo. 49 has 
a good backing. We imagine it would be much easi- 
er for him to w^rite than to refrain from writing; his 
work should also be a financial success. His disser- 
tation on Beethoven is a very fine selection. Here he 
deals with the relation between great genius and 
great suffering. From an astrological standpoint 
there are several reasons for the fact to which he calls 
attention. In the first place persons who sway hu- 
manity must have a powerful emotional nature, and 
this renders them especially sensitive. In the second 
place the good planets are frequently centered around 




A/o- #0. 
A GREAT HUMORIST 



GREAT WRITERS 



165 



one point, leaving the evil planets to stand alone at 
some other point. When the Moon strikes the good 
planets great success follows, and when the Moon 
strikes the evil planets, suffering and sorrow are cor- 
respondingly heavy. In the third place many planets 
changing in a horoscope cause it to work very strong- 
ly, producing great genius and causing great suffer- 
ing as well. 

Xo. 50 is the author of "Tom Sawyer" and "Huckle- 
berry Finn ;" his 3rd Sign is also v r ery strong. Mer- 
cury and Venus form a conjunction in his 5th and 
11th giving him success in appearing before public 
audiences, and in writing for children. He is the 




tlfo. ol 

RUSSIAN WRITER AXD REFORMER 



166 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



boys' favorite. The material for the stories men- 
tioned was gathered from actual experience while the 
author traveled as pilot-boy on the Mississippi river. 
He is a man who had a large funny bump and saw the 
humorous side to every question, besides he had no 
strong 12th Sign to give a melancholy tinge to his 
writing. He was also a gifted lecturer and a man 
who evinced an interest in every public movement for 
the betterment of humanity. 

Xo. 51, a famous Russian writer and reformer, 
shows a very different horoscope from Xo. 50, whose 
writings were largely connected with traveling. The 
strong 12th Sign in Xo. 51 connects his writings with 




j\io.5 l 
BLIXD HYMN WRITER 



GREAT WRITERS 167 

war, political war, civil war, and religious war. Plan- 
ets in the 1st and 11th Signs run a conjunction with a 
strong 12th and this leads him to give some attention 
to the question of education ; it also throws a spice of 
love into his writings. He opened up his career as 
a soldier while the Moon was in his strong 12th, but 
Venus and Mercury forming a conjunction in the 3rd 
Sign led him to adopt literature as a profession. Later 
in life when the Moon passed through his 12th Sign, 
he feared he was about to die and deeded all his 
property to his family, but he lived for many years 
afterwards. As another result of his strong enemy 
Sign, he was excommunicated from the church in his 
old age. He is a fearless w r riter and one who is read 
throughout the world. Three good planets between 
the 3rd and 4th draw very strongly in land. 

Xo. 52 is a blind hymn-writer who has reached the 
venerable age of 93 years, and who still finds life 
sw r eet. Although blind all her life she has shed the 
light of peace, love, and happiness around many 
troubled souls. It is said that she is the author of 
6000 hymns. "Safe in the Arms of Jesus", Rescue 
the Perishing", and "Only a Beam of Sunshine", are 
among her most popular. Many who sing the latter 
are not aware that it was written by one who never 
saw the light of the sun. The influence of her leading 
Sign, the 11th, runs strongly through all her poetry. 
It shows the sweet trustfulness of the child, and a 
tender heart toward humanity. She taught in a blind 
school and was also married. Although Saturn ap- 
pears in her 1st Sign she probably married happily, 
as physical trotiDie coming under the 1st would take 
the place of marriage trials. Chart 52 shows the po- 
sition of the planets when she became blind. Saturn 
occupies the part of the Sign governing the eyes, and 
opposite to it stand Mars and Saturn in the Transits. 
No good planets appear in the conjunction. 



168 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



Xo. 53 is a singer and hymn-writer who was as- 
sociated with D. L. Moody in evangelistic work. He 
is best known by such hymns as "Hold the Fort for 
I am Coming", and "Pull for the Shore." The former 
was written at the time this famous message was sig- 
naled by W. T. Sherman. Saturn. Mercury, Mars, 
and the Moon appear in the 12th Sign; Mars stands 
for war, Saturn for imprisonment or blockade, and 
Mercury for messages. The writer served in the army 
for a short time in his younger days. "Pull for the 
Shore" originates in the 2nd and 3rd Signs where 
Uranus. Xeptune, and the Sun form a conjunction. 
Neptune stands for water. Uranus for falling, and the 




J\loi5i- 
SIXGER WHO PERISHED IN A DISASTER 



GREAT WRITERS 



169 



Sun for distinction. Here the death of the writer is 
vividly portrayed, and Chart 53 illustrates his death 
as his train crashed through a bridge and was plunged 
into the water. Uranus and Saturn stand opposite 
in the Transits and the Moon is coming into his 1st 
Sign. 

Closely associated with his name is the writer of 
"Ninety and Nine" and "When the Mists Have Rolled 
Away." Xo. 54 is taken at the time Xo 53 met 
with his death, and the Moon appears in the 11th 
Sign with Saturn. Mars, and the Sun, indicating death 
to friends in a tragic manner. X'eptune, Mars, and 
the Sun in the 12th give rise to his famous hymn 




HYMX WRITER AXD SIXGER 



-10 



170 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



"The Ninety and Nine." Mars stands for wild ani- 
mals, and Neptune and the Sun for domestic animals. 
There is also a reference to water in this beautiful 
hymn. "When the Mists Have Rolled Away" indi- 
cates a misunderstanding with some friend, arising 
from Mars and Saturn in the 11th Sign. In this chart 
eight out of nine planets are changing; his wonderful 
success in his chosen calling may be attributed to this 
fact. 

No. 55 is a very accomplished lady who although 
blind and deaf has written a story of her life. This 
chart is taken at the age of 19 months, when she be- 
came deaf and blind. Mars and Uranus between the 




J\fo. 55 
ACCOMPLISHED, THOUGH DEAF AND BLIND. 



GREAT WRITERS 171 

2nd and 3rd Signs, with Uranus in the Transits, 
caused this affliction. Had the Moon not entered the 
3rd Sign for a number of years, Uranus in the Tran- 
sits would have moved away from Uranus in the Na- 
tivity, and the danger would have been greatly les- 
sened. In 1913 Venus and Mercury are forming a 
conjunction in her 2nd Sign with the Sun and she 
should draw money through writing. Mercury will 
pass Venus between the 2nd and 3rd Signs, and this 
should cause her to forget about the incident of the 
"Frost Fairies." It is quite possible that she and 
Miss Canby might have written the stories as they ap- 
peared without either one having been acquainted 
with the work of the other, particularly if their horo- 
scopes were similar. We have not secured Miss Can- 
by's but their charts might be similar although they 
were born a number of years apart. No. 55 should be 
encouraged in every way to utilize her writing talent ; 
she should write either poetry or fiction well. We be- 
lieve that all writing, music, painting, oratory, etc. 
is a gift from the unseen, not only the talent but the 
theme itself in all its details. It is said that Ludwig 
Beethoven composed his best music after his hearing 
had left him, and on one occasion while he was lead- 
ing the orchestra the performance was greeted by 
such a storm of applause that police officers were 
called in to quiet the crowd. Beethoven stood with 
his back to the audience, oblivious of what was taking 
place, until someone motioned to him to turn around. 
Without some power behind him a deaf man would 
be helpless in leading an orchestra ; the accomplish- 
ments of No. 55 are quite as wonderful. It is quite 
possible that those who are shut off from the world 
in a measure by the loss of their senses develop super- 
natural powers, by coming into closer touch with the 
unseen than would otherwise be possible for them to 
do. Helen Keller says, "Our world lies upward ; the 



172 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

length and breadth and sweep of the heavens are 
ours." This can truly be said of the blind Milton, 
who brought the heavens down to our very feet. 



CHAPTER XIII. 
Actresses. 

A certain type of horoscope and certain physical 
qualifications are required for the successful actress. 
The physical make-up we regard as coming by way of 
heredity, as some of the prettiest faces we have seen 
belong to girls who have naught but bad planets in 
their 1st and 2nd Signs, governing the face. If bad 
planets in the 1st Sign develop disease, they may mar 
the beauty of the face, or good planets may enable the 
subject to dress becomingly and thus enhance the 
beauty of the face, but beauty is primarily a matter 
of birth. 

If an actress is fitted for her position she knows it 
as soon as she appears upon the stage; her audience 
will be likely to know it too. Here is the experience 
of one of our leading actresses who had tried various 
vocations : "The very first night I knew that acting 
was the art for me. It seemed as if I had come home 
after being away a long time. I felt that I had come 
into my own." After the first night's performance she 
took a position as leading lady, and held it. The 
same may be said of every profession, if it is that for 
which we are especially fitted we should feel at home 
in it from the first. The most essential point in the 
horoscope of an actress, singer, or any one who is to 
appear before the public is a strong 11th Sign. The 
11th Sign governs friends among strangers, and if it 
is strong we will appear at our best before them, and 
be happy and at home among them. 



ACTRESSES 173 

Did you ever go to spend the evening at the home 
of a friend where the lady met you at the door and 
was so delighted to see you, — she was just wishing 
for some one to come in — didn't know how she was 
going to pass the evening in the monotony of home 
life? Her husband, however, feels quite the reverse; 
he was planning to spend the evening at home with 
his family or his books, and regards the visitor as an 
intruder; he withdraws to a quiet corner until he 
overcomes his disappointment, and then with a strug- 
gle proceeds to the reception room to entertain the 
unwelcome company. She has a strong 11th Sign 
while her husband has not. Couples frequently mate 
this way; opposites attract, and one who is very fond 
of society is liable to get a person who is of a retiring 
nature. It is absolutely necessary however that an 
actress, or anyone desiring to make a success of the 
stage, should have this delighted to see you feeling. 

A person with a retiring disposition makes a close 
student and deep thinker; he may become a great 
writer, painter, sculptor, scientist, or inventor, but 
should shun the public platform. 

The 11th Sign governs the heart, and when it is 
strong produces a highly emotional nature, particular- 
ly if coupled with a strong 1st Sign. These are the 
leading Signs in the horoscope of a successful actor 
or actress. The 5th and 11th Signs also govern chil- 
dren, of which actresses are usually very fond. Ethel 
Barrymore, who has two children of her own, knows 
nothing on earth comparable to the joys of mother- 
hood ; she even hints that all American women should 
feel as she does on the subject, but Ethel Barrymore 
must remember that all American women have not 
her horoscope, and could not all appreciate children 
as she does, neither might they be so successful with 
them. 



174 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

The 1st and 11th Signs running strong as we have 
said before give a highly emotional nature, great fond- 
ness for the opposite sex and great power over them 
as well. Actresses of the present day are waking up 
to a realization of their powers along that line, and as 
a result they are no longer satisfied with anything 
less than the capture of a multimillionaire. In many 
cases, however, their love affairs do not terminate 
happily, many of them do not terminate in marriage 
at all. Those who have a strong marriage Sign usu- 
ally have one or more bad planets in it. We have 
heard it asserted by more than one person in a posi- 
tion to know something of the question, that an ac- 
tress could not be found who was strictly moral, and 
that many of them developed into monsters of im- 
morality. We would be sorry to believe such an as- 
sertion, but one thing is certain ; their temptations 
are far greater than those of the average man or 
woman for various reasons, the principal being the 
location of the planets in their horoscopes. The 1st 
and 11th are the Signs which tend toward love-mak- 
ing, and you will notice that they are strong in the 
charts which will be presented. 

Chart No. 56 represents one of the world's greatest 
actresses, now 70 years of age. Taken at birth she 
gives us these two Signs almost equally strong, all 
the planets at that time being placed in the 1st and 
11th Signs. Venus passes through the 12th and 1st 
Signs. In 1913 it leaves the 2nd Sign and Mercury is 
in the 11th. Mercury has passed nearly twice around 
her horoscope, so you will see that Mercury is the 
only planet to leave the conjunction during her life 
time; Venus is only leaving the 2nd in 1913^ We con- 
sider this the strongest possible position for an emo- 
tional actress. A strong 1st Sign not only gives 
depth of feeling, but it imparts the power to grasp 



ACTRESSES 



175 



great thoughts, and to assume for the time being the 
tumultuous passions of another man's soul, and to 
interpret these in such a manner as to strike deep in- 
to the heart and intellect of the hearers. A strong 11th 
Sign brings her into rapport with her audience, and 
insures for her that appreciation which is essential to 
success. Even at seventy years of age this remark- 
able woman cannot be robbed of the glory due her. 
Planetary conditions are coupled with a remarkable 
physique. She still plays every day, and this shows 
that acting is a real craze with her. Any profession 
to become a great success must assume the form of 
a mania with the subject; she must become buried in 




J\lo- £"&• 
WORLD'S GREATEST ACTRESS 



176 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



it to such an extent that nothing can take its place. 

Mile. Genee, the famous dancer, tells us that. unless 
we are willing to sacrifice everything else in order to 
perfect the art of dancing it would be better not to 
begin. She says in part : "I went to live with my 
uncle and aunt, who were Danish dancers, when I 
was eight years old, and I was immediately placed in 
the school. We had dancing all day long, and talked 
it at our meals. " Genee is also said to be a delightful 
comedian, but this talent she subdues to what she 
considers to be her own peculiar art, that of dancing. 
If you would reach the top of the ladder you must 
decide upon your one special talent and subduing all 




l\lo. b'1- 
FAMOUS ON THE STAGE 



ACTRESSES 



177 



minor talents press on. There is always room at the 
top. We have not secured Genee's birthdate, but you 
will notice a strong 12th Sign combination, uncles 
and aunts, eating and dancing. 

In No. 57 we have another actress with a chart 
nearly as strong as the first. Her career was opened 
up at eight years of age and she was married at six- 
teen, so you see her talents and natural propensities 
came with her birth. One planet stands between the 
2nd and 3rd Signs. 

No. 58 which follows also shows one planet be- 
tween the 2nd and 3rd Sisrns and the balance in the 




No- <$$ 
ACTRESS AND WRITER 



178 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



1st and 11th Signs. She developed writing talent, 
and when she had married and retired from the stage 
she published several books. 

Xo. 59 shows a very strong 11th Sign, but is not so 
strong in the 1st. She made many warm friends and 
was very much admired, but did not draw so many 
love affairs as is the common lot of actresses. Jupiter 
draws money, and in conjunction with Saturn devel- 
ops special writing talent under the 3rd Sign. Early 
in life Mars passed the Sun between the 10th and 11th 
Signs ; Saturn guards the entrance to the 4th, and 
these bring loss by fire and Avar. Her home was 




J\lo- W- 
A GREAT POLISH ACTRESS 



ACTRESSES 



179 



burned when she was but a little girl, and later on 
she grieved very much over the Polish wars which 
caused great distress in her native country. 

In No. 60 Ave present an actor on the date of his 
fifth marriage ; Saturn, Mars, and the Sun govern his 
marriage Sign: Mercury is in the 1st Sign at present; 
and Uranus and Venus govern the 11th. The Tran- 
sits are running strong on these two Signs, the Moon 
being in the 1st and the Earth in the 11th. The Moon 
in the Nativity is leaving the 2nd Sign with Mars in 
the Transits — hence he tells us that he is bestowing 
all his worldly goods upon his wife, and giving her 




A NOTED ACTOR 



180 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

an interest in all his business. It seems incredible 
that a man who has made four failures in matrimony 
should still place sufficient confidence in the relation- 
ship to warrant his staking all his business interests 
in it. It is a sad day when hope dies out in the hu- 
man heart, however. It is the day of the suicide. 
This actor developed talent very early in life. His 
face in youth shows the faculty of imitation very 
strongly marked. He also shows very keen percep- 
tives; nothing would escape his eye. 

It was reported that another comedian was mar- 
ried to his fifth wife on the same day. It is worthy of 
note that these two were born near the same time. 
We have not secured the exact birthdate of the lat- 
ter, so that we cannot compare them. They may have 
been born six months or a year apart, and if so would 
come under the same Sign, and the permanent plan- 
ets would occupy the same position. 



MUSIC 181 

CHAPTER XIV. 
Music. 

In line with the thought that has been introduced 
in Chapter VI. we wish to quote from a brief music 
review published in a daily paper. A chart of one of 
the performers for the evening is also presented. You 
will notice that the Moon is in conjunction with six 
planets, also with the Earth. This conjuncton ap- 
pears in the horoscope of every performer, and also 
in the horoscope of everv member of the audience in 
the Transits. Under such conditions superior music 
is produced, and the audience is prepared to appreci- 
ate the efforts of the performers. The article is 
headed "Best Music Kver Heard in City/' The fol- 
lowing program given by a fifty piece band is de- 
scribed as follows : 

"The evening's entertainment opened with the se- 
lection entitled 'Entry of the Gladiators.' The next 
number was the remarkable overture 'Triumphale' 
which was composed in commemoration of the invas- 
ion of Moscow by Napoleon in 1812, and is a wonder- 
ful tone painting of that great disaster. After the in- 
troduction depicting the terror of the inhabitants, the 
Russian hymn is brought in and is immediately fol- 
lowed by the prayers of the people for victory. The 
burning of the city and the flight of the Russians are 
vividly portrayed, and the defeat of the French. The 
triumphal return of the Russians is announced by the 
fan fare of trumpets, leading to and concluding the 
painting with the magnificent Russian Hymn. The 
rendition of this masterpiece brought forth a storm of 
applause. This was followed by a euphonium solo 
composed by the player, a fantasia on 'Silver Threads 
Among the Gold.' The light opera 'Broadway Re- 
view' was enthusiastically received, and the patriotic 



182 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



overture 'America' concluded the concert numbers." 
The Moon in conjunction with six planets calls for 
great variety in the music presented. No. 61, a mem- 
ber of the band whose chart is given below, shows a 
large conjunction in the Nativity, opposite the 2nd 
and 3rd Signs ; it governs both the mouth and the 
hands. Had the same program been given under 
Saturn several days earlier, it would have been en- 
tirely out of place. Saturn gave a concert, but it was 
very different. The concert was a sacred one led by 
Negro singers. It was subdued, slow, and , solemn 
throughout, pathetic in part, but not a single change 
came in to break the monotony. The crowning touch 




JVo-bi- 
IN THE BAND 



MUSIC 



183 



of the evening was "And I sat down there alone, and 
I couldn't hear anybody pray." The reference is pri- 
marily to some one sitting alone in a prayer-meeting, 
but the author makes each verse tell of some trying 
place in life where you sit down there alone and can't 
hear anybody pray. It is a little piece that though 
simple in itself is full of meaning. Saturn believes in 
sitting alone. Many with Saturn in their marriage 
Sign have sat there alone and couldn't hear anybody 
speak. The program was well rendered for one of 
its kind,, and the only kind that could be effectively 
rendered under Saturn placed by itself. Each planet 




J\fo.b& 

THE "SWEDISH NIGHTINGALE 



184 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



produces its own style of music, and this feature of 
planetary influence would form a deep study. 

No. 62 is a great Swedish singer, who has been 
dead for some years. You will notice that all her 
good planets are in or near the 11th Sign, giving her 
the greatest possible measure of success in appearing 
before the public. We do not for one moment think 
that planetary influence gave her a wonderful voice; 
her voice was probably inherited. Had she not pos- 
sessed a remarkable voice, her success would have 
taken some other form. No. 28 has a similar 
horoscope, but drew the cash in a different manner. 
It is said that she spent a large portion of her im- 




A FAMOUS SOPRANO 



MUSIC 



185 



mense earnings on charitable enterprises in her own 
country. If so her 11th Sign represents the treasure 
she has laid up in heaven. According to the teaching 
of the Bible we cannot have our treasure in heaven 
and on earth as well. 

Xo. 63, the next Chart to be presented is that of 
another celebrated singer. Her father and mother 
were noted musicians, and at three years of age she 
learned the airs her mother sang. She was presented 
with many jewels of rare value. Her love affairs 
however did not run smoothly. We find Venus be- 
tween Mars and Saturn, and Uranus in the marriage 
Sign with Jupiter and Neptune. You are supposed to 




J\lo k>Ur 
A FAMOUS CONTRALTO 



—13 



186 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



have as many love affairs as you have planets in the 
1st Sign. We will not vouch for the truth of this, al- 
though it may be so. No. 63 has as strong a conjunc- 
tion in the 11th Sign as No. 62, but two planets are 
bad. This might indicate that she is not so univer- 
sally admired as the former, although she draws as 
large an audience. No. 63 excels in the rendering of 
love songs. 

We have now the pleasure of presenting No. 64, a 
great contralto, in 1913, who was born in Germany. 
Her 11th Sign is stronger than that of No. 62 or No. 
63. The Moon is now in her 2nd Sign, but six years 
ago it was in the 11th Sign. She has two bad planets 




(Vo -fatf. 
LEADER IN ORATORIO 



MUSIC 



187 



there, however. No. 64 is very fond of children, as 
are all those having a strong 11th Sign. Here is an 
extract from a letter she wrote replying to a request 
to sing for the school children in one of our cities. 
"Greetings to the dear, dear children of S — . Please 
tell your, OUR beloved blessed little and bigger chil- 
dren that I will sing for them on Saturday morning." 
Those appearing frequently before public audiences 
should have and usually do have a great big heart for 
children. As a singer she excels in lullabies and 
cradle songs. 

Xo. 65 is a leader in Oratorio. Her 11th is not so 
strong as those in the preceding horoscopes, but Ve- 




j\lo iob 
FAMOUS PIANIST 



188 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



nus and Mercury form a conjunction there with Sat- 
urn and the Sun, the Moon passing through during 
the conjunction; and this marks her 11th as the lead- 
ing Sign in her chart. She favors the oratorio; Sat- 
urn in the 11th in conjunction with the Sun would 
indicate this. These are the only permanent planets 
she has in the 11th Sign. 

No. 66 is a famous pianist. It is said that he played 
the piano at three years of age, and studied harmony 
and counterpoint at twelve years of age. While quite 
young he made his debut as a virtuoso with instant 
success. He played only his own compositions. You 
will notice that Mercury and Venus have come into 




JVot>7 

LEADER IN MILITARY BAND. 



MUSIC 189 

conjunction with Jupiter and the Sun at birth. The 
Moon is also there and the evil planets are not in 
the conjunction. Neptune is the only good planet 
not in it. Three planets stand around the 11th Sign, 
but the heavy conjunction is between the 3rd and 4th 
Signs. This is the best point for piano playing and 
more especially for composing music. He might not 
play by note as readily as if he had a stronger 1st 
Sign. His eye might not be so quick. Five good 
planets formed a conjunction around the Sun in child- 
hood. This with an inherited talent for music led 
him to be one of the greatest piano players the world 
has ever seen, with also a special talent for compos- 
ing. 

Xo. 67 is the leader of one of the finest concert 
bands in the world. He has made five triumphal 
tours through Europe, and his marches have netted 
him the greatest royalty ever paid an American com- 
poser. His 3rd Sign gives him success in performing 
with his hands or in composing. Saturn governs 
slow, measured, subdued movements, and Mercury 
light, quick movements; the Sun would govern cres- 
cendo effects, so that his music should not be at all 
monotonous. Mars in conjunction with four good 
planets in the 12th Sign, gives a strong military cast 
to his compositions. The 12th Sign governs the feet 
and four good planets there would give him phenom- 
enal success with marches. He inherits a talent for 
music, indicated by the formation of the brain and 
developed by practice, and his horoscope indicates 
the form his musical talent is to take. 

Xo. 68 is a famous Bohemian violinist. His father 
played the violin and began to teach him at five years 
of age. He made his first public appearance at the 



190 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



age of eight years, and is pronounced one of the most 
gifted violinists of the century. You will notice that 
his planets are evenly distributed over four Signs, the 
2nd, 3rd, 4th and 5th. There is no special pull on 
composing and we do not hear of him as a composer. 
There are two planets in the 11th bringing him be- 
fore the public in person. His 1st Sign is connected 
with his 5th by a regular chain of planets. His 2nd 
Sign insures financial success. Uranus and Mars in 
the 3rd give him the striking originality for which 
he is noted. 




GREAT VIOLINIST 



MUSIC 



191 



No. 70 is the Chart of a popular comedian who com- 
poses his own songs. At the age of ten he began his 
theatrical career in a play written by his father. His 
greatest hit was a musical comedy entitled "Little 
Johnny Tones'", written while the Moon was in con- 
junction with Jupiter and the Sun between his 1st 
and 2nd Signs. He also has another good point in 
his horoscope which lies between his 11th and 12th 
Signs. This gives him his name "The Yankee Doodle 
Boy" ; — martial and patriotic sentiment coming from 
the 12th Sign, and children from the 11th. His 11th 
Sign should insure a good reception from a public 
audience. It is said that his articulation is almost 




LEADER IX COV 



192 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

perfect. Jupiter and the Sun between the 1st and 2nd 
Signs govern this faculty. 

We have spoken of the formation of the brain in 
connection with music. It may be interesting to 
those who have not studied phrenology to know the 
supposed indications of music in the brain. You 
should notice the forehead above the outer corner of 
the eye ; fullness there indicates time and tune strong- 
ly developed. If the adjoining faculties are well 
developed it will give breadth and fullness to the fore- 
head; if the adjoining faculties are not well developed 
a ridge will appear extending from the corner of the 
eye upward. In a picture the ridge may take the 
form of a high light. 

There is also another point connected with the 
wearing of the hair that is worthy of notice. Singers 
usually w r ear their hair short, and players, particular- 
ly piano and violin performers, wear their hair long. 
This tendency we attribute to the habit of connecting 
the 3rd Sign with the 1st. The 1st Sign governs the 
eyes and the 3rd the shoulders, arms, and hands. The 
hair worn over the neck and touching the shoulders, 
connects the part of the body governed by the 1st 
Sign with the part governed by the 3rd Sign. This 
habit is so strongly developed in those who play on 
instruments that they cultivate along with it the hab- 
it of wearing the hair long. 



PAIXTERS 



193 



CHAPTER XV. 

Painters. 

Xo. 71, the first great painter to be introduced, is a 
famous Italian who was also a gifted poet. The first 
chart is a picture of a very sad event in his life ; it is 
read principally in the Transits. At first sight, his 
marriage Sign appears good, but a very unfortunate 
combination in the Transits causes the death of his 
wife, after giving birth to a dead child. You will no- 
tice that Mercury and the Moon are entering the 
11th Sign, and were it not for the fact that Uranus, 




A'0.7/ 

PAIXTER AND POET 



194 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



Mars and Saturn are all changing at the same time 
with Mercury, the Moon and the Earth, Mercury in 
the 11th would bring nought but good. A number 
of planets changing at the same time take the form of 
a conjunction. Uranus is changing from the 1st Sign 
opposite the Moon in the Nativity; this is very unfor- 
tunate. It also forms a conjunction with Mars in the 
2nd Sign ; but this was not all ; his grief was so great 
that he flung a manuscript of poems ready for the 
publisher into the casket. You will notice a bad com- 
bination between the 3rd and 4th Signs, the point for 
writing; the planets there are all changing. How- 
ever, a few years later he published a volume which 




XO. 71 AFTER DEATH 



PAINTERS 



195 



was hailed with a shout of admiration. Jupiter and 
Venus in the 1st Sign doubtless caused his married 
life to be very happy while it lasted. Good and bad 
planets running a conjunction in the marriage Sigi* 
frequently bring death. A preponderance of bad in- 
fluences usually brings separation. In that case there 
is nothing good connected with it. 

Our 2nd Chart, Xo. 72, is taken six years after the 
death of the great artist ; you may think that a 
strange proceeding, but you know many talented per- 
sons are not appreciated" while they live. We would 
expect that this artist would reach the height of his 
fame, years after his death. This is certainly a pow- 




JVo-73- 
LADY ARTIST 



196 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

erful combination in his 3rd Sign. We have met with 
abundant evidence to prove that our horoscopes gov- 
ern our memory and any property which we may 
happen to leave behind us. 

No. 73, a lady painter, is now introduced. The gen- 
ius who wields the brush has very few planets in the 
11th Sign; he does not require to come before the 
public ; neither are many planets found in the 12th 
unless he paints animals or war scenes. A strong 1st 
leads to portrait painting, and a good 2nd causes the 
work to be a financial success. A strong 3rd and 4th 
is essential to any good painter. No. 73 has all three 
bad planets between the 3rd and 4th. Such combina- 
tions although often disastrous impart great genius 
and striking originality. 

The two following charts. No. 74 and No. 75, illus- 
trate the genius of a great French artist. The 
strongest point in his horoscope strikes him at eight- 
een years of age. Someone says of him that he was a 
celebrated man before he reached the age of twenty 
without any teaching; he was always drawing as a 
child, and his best work was done when most artists 
are painfully acquiring a knowledge of the art. There 
was such a great demand for his work that he never 
found time to perfect himself in it. For this reason 
his paintings have been severely criticized by those 
who were regarded as an authority in such matters. 
He died while still a young man, worn out with ex- 
cessive production. 

You will notice a conjunction of Mercury and Ve- 
nus with the Moon between the 3rd and 4th Signs at 
the age of eighteen. You will also notice the Sun, 
Neptune and Uranus in the 2nd Sign. Neptune and 
Uranus we believe stand for paint, and the Sun in the 
conjunction indicates a distinguished painter. Ap- 
pearing in the 2nd Sign they indicate financial sue- 



PAINTERS 



197 



cess; the same conjunction appears between the 3rd 
and 4th in the horoscope of No. 71. 

In his younger days No. 74 did a vast amount of il- 
lustrating; as he grew older larger paintings took 
their place. Jupiter and Saturn, the largest planets 
standing" alone in the 3rd Sign, would govern large 
paintings ; Venus and Mercury draw smaller and 
more quickly executed work. Shortly before his 
death Venus and Mercury come into conjunction 
with Mars in the 12th Sign. Such a conjunction gives 
us scenes from the battle field and illustrations of 
Dante and Milton; also the crucifixion of Christ. His 




GREAT FRENCH PAINTER 



198 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



later productions deal with the weird and tragic. 

Christ leaving the Praetorium is one of his most 
famous paintings. The Moon passing Venus and 
Mars in the 12th near the 1st Sign gives us the crown 
of thorns. "Did e'er such love and sorrow meet, or 
thorns compose so rich a crown !" 

Xo. 76 is a famous American illustrator who spec- 
ializes on portrait work. Every planet touches the 
spot ; four planets between the 3rd and 4th indicating 
expert hand-work, and five in the 1st Sign indicating 
portrait work. Had Xo. 76 been a lady he would 
have made an expert milliner, as the 1st Sign governs 
the upper part of the head. You will notice that he 




jlfo.76*: 
NO. 74 AT MIDDLE AGE 



PAINTERS 



199 



usually gives us a hat and that his hats are quite as 
wonderful as his faces. Even the men usually wear 
a tasteful head-covering. Xo. 76 will be more suc- 
cessful with the faces of women than he will be with 
the faces of men or children ; all his planets standing 
in the 1st and 3rd indicate this. He should allow noth- 
ing to come between him and attaining perfection in 
his chosen calling. There is always room at the top 
of the ladder. He tells us that motherhood pictures 
take with the public. He should try the Madonna. 
No picture has ever been- painted of her, to our 
knowledge, that did not leave room for a feeling of 
disappointment in looking at it. 




FAMOUS IN PORTRAIT WORK 



200 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



No. 77 is another artist who has distinguished him- 
self as an illustrator. He has one planet in the 1st 
Sign and he gives us just one girl, a very nice girl 
to be sure. She is long ago known as the Gibson girl, 
and is described by Jupiter. If any of you young men 
have Jupiter alone in the 1st Sign you will know that 
your one girl will resemble the Gibson girl. He also 
has two good planets in the 12th Sign and should be 
even more successful with animals than he has been 
with girls. Some years later Mercury passes into his 
1st Sign, and then he will probably give us another 
girl ; Mercury indicates a youthful girl. Mercury also 
in its present position indicates young or small ani- 




Ho. n 

SUCCESSFUL ILLUSTRATOR 



PAINTERS 



201 



mals. Not long since we counted four or five dogs 
and cats, in one of his illustrations. They were 
perched around on tables and chairs in the most be- 
witching poses imaginable. No one who did not love 
animals would ever think of sketching a cat on a 
table. His style lends itself admirably to the fur and 
shaggy hair of animals. With Jupiter, Mercury, and 
the Sun there and no evil planets, he should be very 
successful. The Sun standing between the 11th and 
12th should give him success with men and children 
as well. 

No. 78 is a French lady who became a great ani- 
mal painter. A little sketch of her career should 




too it 

LADY ANIMAL PAINTER 



-14 



202 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

prove interesting. Her mother died when she was 
quite young, and as she afterwards says, the family 
"migrated like birds having no settled abode." Her 
father sent her to a private school for a time, where 
after a good many escapades she capped the climax by 
organizing a sham fight on the grounds. In this fight 
the flower beds were nearly demolished, and she was 
sent home. Mars in the 1st Sign indicates fighting in 
connection with school ; later on it would govern love 
affairs. She was never married, however. A friend 
once mentioned the subject to her, and she replied 
that she didn't believe any man ever really loved her, 
but she hadn't time even to think of it. Her time and 
energy were devoted entirely to her art. Her father 
was an artist with a studio in his home, so that early 
in her teens the art of painting began to monopolize 
all her spare time. Her fondness for animals devel- 
oped while she was quite young, and she turned her 
father's studio into a menagerie. We hear of ponies 
running up and down stairs after her, and young 
lions having the freedom of the house ; her lions 
died; one she nursed for a month and he died in her 
arms. 

We have drawn the Chart at the time when the 
"Horse Fair" was given to the public ; it was praised 
beyond description. You will notice two planets gov- 
erning the 12th are in the 11th Sign, and that leads 
her to be very fond of young baby animals. 

The Franco-Prussian war lay very heavily on her 
mind, and in her distress she turned to painting as 
her only solace. Her 11th Sign leads her to make 
life long friends among women. She visited England 
and was feasted and flattered wherever she went. She 
wrote to a friend that English people seemed to eat 
all the time. Her 3rd and 12th Signs had changed 
from painting and animals to traveling and eating; 
this is an example of the law of transference. 



PAINTERS 203 

Her 11th and 12th Signs coupled with the 3rd, con- 
trolled every event of any importance during her life. 
She took cold in traveling and died after a short ill- 
ness. Her 1st Sign did not call for extravagance in 
dress and she often wore trousers; in handling ani- 
mals and painting on a large canvas this style of 
dress was most suitable. She devoted her life to the 
art of painting and she has had her reward. 

We may have more than one special talent but we 
must select one of these and consider all others sub- 
ordinate to this one. We want to close our eyes and 
ears to everything else for a time and allow the spirit 
of the theme to permeate our souls. Happy is he who 
can pitch his tent on the mountains removed from the 
bustle and distracting influences of earth. Mr. But- 
ler says, ''Who that has visited a mountain top but 
what has felt that he was inspiring the breath of the 
gods?" When we sit upon a high crest, and look out 
upon a broad expanse of beauty, we imagine that this 
is where the spirits dwell and can almost hear the 
rustle of their wings. You will notice that Christ, 
when he wanted to teach the people some great and 
lofty truth, took them out into a mountain. His 
greatest sermon is known as the "Sermon on the 
Mount. " When he desired to gain strength for the 
agony of the Cross he went up into a mountain ti 
pray, but when he went out to be tempted of the devil 
he went into the wilderness. From the mountain top 
we will gain inspiration for the work before us, al- 
though we may not all find it convenient to retire to 
the hill-tops ; in that case we must form the habit of 
concentrating all our powers on the theme before us. 

We should also be careful not to work until the 
mind is fatigued. There are times when we can ac- 
complish far more than at other times, and this is an 
important point to study. Take Xo. 76 for example. 
During the months of July and August he should be 



204 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

very successful. The earth is in his 1st Sign from 
the middle of July to the middle of August. The 
Moon will pass through his 1st and 3rd Signs several 
times, and these will be his best times for work, in 
September he should rest. October and November 
again will be a good time for work, and December a 
good time to rest. You should work while the Earth 
and Moon are opposite large conjunctions and rest 
when the}' are passing through the weaker Signs. By 
this means one should accomplish much more in a 
given time and yet not overtax the brain. July, Aug- 
ust, October, November, January, and February 
should be his best months for work, and this gives 
him September, December, March, and June for re- 
creation. We are assuming that by choosing the 
most suitable time for work he will accomplish as 
much in a year as he would by working every day, 
and he should produce better work. We all know 
what it means to settle down to a task when we can- 
not concentrate our thoughts upon it ; we have chosen 
a bad time for our work. What applies to No. 76 ap- 
plies to all ; his horoscope has been chosen to illus- 
trate because of his planets being banked up in two 
places. His horoscope is at the strongest point in 
1913, and he should allow nothing to stand in the way 
of attaining perfection in his chosen calling. He is 
still a young man, mentally considered, and should 
produce a few masterpieces if he is spared to reach 
old age. In a few years Venus will be found in the 
2nd Sign and Mercury in the 5th. Mercury in the 5th 
will give him greater success with children. The 
Transits also will at times work strongly on the 5th 
and 6th Signs. 

Those who would attain to great heights in their 
chosen calling should avoid dissipation of every sort. 
Late hours, rich food and stimulants are brain and 
nerve wreckers ; avoid these as you would poison. 



PAINTERS 205 

We recollect reading a story of a painter who died ; 
his work being left on his easel for years after- 
ward. Another artist called to see his Studio and 
what was his surprise to find a picture which he him- 
self had completed, standing half finished on the easel. 
This incident w r as narrated in support of the reincar- 
nation theory. We do not believe in reincarnation 
and would not wish to believe in it; one trip through 
this vale of tears will be sufficient for most of us; it 
is quite probable however that the dead artist may 
have inspired the living artist; it is also possible that 
the same unseen influence might have prompted the 
production of the picture in two different cases. This 
is a similar instance to that of Helen Keller and the 
"Frost Fairies/' 

We cannot compare horoscopes in either case. 



206 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



CHAPTER XVI 

Inventors. 

No. 79 is the Chart of an inventor, who requires no 
introduction to the world. His horoscope doubtless 
goes a long way toward making him what he is ; the 
resemblance between his Chart and that of his rival 
Xo. 80, goes to prove this fact, and yet we believe 
that early training contributed greatly toward making 
him a man of genius. He was trained at home by 
his mother who was a teacher, and it is said that his 
father paid him for every book he read. When he 




fa-11 

GREAT INVENTOR 



INVENTORS 207 

first gained access to a good library he conceived the 
idea of reading it through. He read it is said 15 feet 
in a straight line, mostly scientific works. All this 
goes to show that the studious nature he developed 
when a child had much to do with his success in after 
life. He built a printing press of his own and delight- 
ed in experimenting with chemicals. Doubtless these 
traits were due to the reading he had done. You will 
notice that he has a good 11th Sign and has gained 
greatly by friends on many occasions. A man whose 
child he rescued from a passing train taught him tel- 
egraphy, and later a company by whom he was em- 
ployed paid him a large sum for his inventions be- 
fore he realized their value; this gave him a start in 
life. He has doubtless since benefited by those in 
his employ. His devotion to the work has also been 
a great factor in making him one of the foremost 
inventors of the century, for he simply buries himself 
in his laboratory and allows nothing to come between 
him and the fulfilment of his purpose. We believe 
that an ecliptic conjunction of Neptune and Saturn 
in his horoscope is the leading element making for 
inventive success; then we notice that Venus and 
Mercury form a conjunction with the Sun and Mars 
between the 12th and 1st several years from now. 
Apparently No. 79 has not yet reached the climax in 
his career. Five planets are changing around the 
11th Sign. 

No. 89, whose horoscope appears below, has given 
his name to the telephone and has otherwise proved 
himself a very formidable rival of No. 79. The for- 
mer was born on February 11th and the latter on 
March 3rd of the same year, and there is consequent- 
ly a striking resemblance between the two horo- 
scopes. One being born in Aquarius and the other in 
Pisces, the planets appear one sign earlier in the 
latter chart. We believe that the same conjunction 



208 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



which has given Xo. 79 success in the line of inven- 
tion has caused his partial deafness, Neptune and 
Saturn in the 2nd Sign. In Chart Xo. 80 it appears 
in the 1st Sign, leading* him to take an especial inter- 
est in those who are deaf. He has been a teacher in 
a school for the deaf and has made many improve- 
ments in the methods of teaching. This is also his 
marriage Sign. X T o. 80 should be accomplishing gieat 
things these years. Mercury and Venus are in con- 
junction with the Sun in his horoscope. 

Associated with No. 80 is No. 81, the hero of the 
motorcycle and aeroplane : he developed inventive 
genius while very young. Our chart shows the posi- 




RIVAL OF NO. 79. 



IXYEXTORS 



209 



tion of the planets at three years of age ; not long 
after this time he was making gas generators with to- 
mato cans. His father died at four years of age with 
the Moon leaving the 3rd in conjunction with Ur- 
anus ; the same influences that brought about his fa- 
ther's death, gave him success in planning great in- 
ventions. Some one says that he was obsessed with 
the idea of traveling fast, and his 3rd Sign gives him 
a tremendous impetus in the line of travel. 

Xeptune in the 12th would lead him to w^ade in the 
water. He was also connected with a school for the 
deaf, having a sister who was sent there. He has 
Mars and Uranus in the 3rd Sign. Great trials and 




%4l 

INVENTOR OF MOTORCYCLE AND BIPLANE 



210 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



great successes often travel together. His third aero- 
plane was a success from the beginning. This is one 
of many examples we might give of the effectiveness 
for good or evil of the number 3. 

Last but not least is No. 82, the great California 
naturalist and plant breeder. He has originated 
many new plants by cross-breeding and selection, and 
his development of the thornless cactus has made him 
famous ; Mars placed between Jupiter and the Sun in 
the 12th has given him this great victory. The 3rd 
Sign governs vegetation of a scenic nature and the 
12th vegetation used for food. The 12th, 1st, and 3rd 
Signs have made him what he is. He has also devel- 




NATURALIST 



AND PLAXT-BREEDER 



INVENTORS 211 

oped new varieties in fruits; considerably over one 
million plants being raised each year by way of ex- 
periment. Mr. Carnegie gave him a grant of $10,000 
a year for ten years to insure the undisturbed contin- 
uation of his work. He also occupied the position of 
special lecturer at Leland Stanford University. A 
close conjunction of Neptune and Saturn appears in 
his horoscope just as it does in No.'s 79 and 80. 



212 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



CHAPTER XVII. 
Land, Engineering, and Building. 

Many large land owners are given in this book, 
and your attention has frequently been called to these 
indications. No. 83 is a man who owns a 10,000 acre 
ranch and is a poet as well. Ranching and poetry 
should harmonize very nicely; both require a good 
4th Sign and close proximity to nature. Jupiter and 
Saturn in the 12th Sign run a conjunction with Nep- 
tune in the 1st. These three planets control animals 
and food-stuffs. All his planets are around the 12th 




JlfD-tf3. 

POET AND RANCHMAN 



FOURTH SIGN 



213 



and 4th Signs, the 12th for animals and food and the 
4th for land and writing. 

No. 84 is a real estate dealer who might have been 
wealthy had he not invested the money made in land 
in a hotel and livery stable. Mercury and Venus are 
in conjunction with Jupiter, Neptune, and the Sun in 
his 4th and 5th Signs at birth, and Venus and Mer- 
cury come into conjunction w T ith the Moon between 
the 2nd and 3rd Signs about sixty years of age. The 
influences in his 12th Sign are very bad, indicating 
losses in animals and food-stuffs. He should have 
avoided all such investments. 




REAL ESTATE AND HORSES 



214 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



No. 85 is the chart of a civil engineer who published 
an engineer's field book. Uranus and Saturn in the 
4th indicate traveling over rough ground and scienti- 
fic investigation connected with land. This conjunc- 
tion is common in the horoscopes of surveyors, civil 
engineers, and natural scientists. Venus and Mer- 
cury form their conjunction in the 4th, indicating that 
this is the Sign by which he will be distinguished. 

Xo. 86 is the chart of an architect. He was edu- 
cated in music, but became interested in architecture, 
particularly skeleton construction work. He engin- 
eered many high office buildings and theatres, and 




CIVIL ENGINEER 



FOURTH SIGN 



215 



was president of the Building and Engineering Co. 
of New York. 

As his chart was being worked, we noticed that his 
2nd Sign contained a large conjunction; from this 
fact we suspected that he was a large dealer in capi- 
tal or was in a position w r here he handled large sums 
of money. Referring to a sketch of his life it was 
found that he was a bank director. Money in the 2nd 
Sign is connected with building in the 3rd and 4th. 
Uranus between the 11th and 12th indicates danger 
to friends from falling; this feature being incidental 
to work on high buildings. 




A/o-Xb- 

FAMOUS ARCHITECT 



216 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



Chart No. 87 is that of another builder. When four 
planets appeared in the 12th we said, he must special- 
ize in cement, paving, or flooring, and it was found 
that he had written a book on "Limes, Cements, Mor- 
tars, and Concretes." He had also written on "Drain- 
age" and "Constructive Details." You will notice 
that Neptune is in the 12th Sign with Mars. Uranus, 
and Jupiter ; these should cover the question of drain- 
age. The remaining planets in his horoscope are on 
each side of the 4th Sign ; all entering and leaving the 
Sign ; they work very strongly. The 4th Sign gov- 
erns every kind of constructive work, and gives me- 
chanical genius. The 3rd governs the hands so that 




JM7- 

ARCHITECTURE AND PAVIXG 



FOTRTH SIGN 217 

the 3rd and 4th are very closely allied. This is where 
musicians and writers get their ability to compose, 
and the surgeon gets his power to wield the knife 
successfully. A good 4th Sign ensures order and me- 
thod, and usually indicates a person of superior ex- 
ecutive ability; it is also very essential to the mother 
of a family; it enables her to keep her house in order 
and to darn and mend for the little ones. A house- 
keeper requires such a diversity of talent that one 
cannot expect any woman to excel all around. Her 
12th Sign governs cooking, and this is very essential ; 
her 1st enables her to manage the man and this is also 
very essential. One would think a man would be 
ashamed to even admit that he required a woman to 
manage him, but most of them very quickly blame the 
woman if she does not prove a success in this very pe- 
culiar office. A woman on being accused by her hus- 
band of not knowing how T to manage a man, replied 
that she expected to get a man who could manage 
himself; she would not thank any man to manage 
her: and this seems to be common sense. In addition 
to this duty however she must have a 2nd Sign that 
will produce a strong pull on receipts, and keep a 
tight rein on disbursements ; a 3rd and 4th that will 
produce numerous dainty articles for her home and 
family, and keep the dust out of the nooks and cran- 
nies; and a 5th that will guarantee love and obedi- 
ence from her children. 

In addition to these she must be attractive, and al- 
ways presentable to the gaze of the fashionable world. 
Xow where can she have her bad planets? That is a 
puzzle for some one to solve. 

In Chart No. 88 you will notice a similar horoscope 
to that of No. 86. Although different planets occupy 
the 2nd and 4th Signs. No. 88 has Mars in his 3rd 
situated between Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and the 
Sun. This position brings him gain through fire or 



218 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



war; he therefore manufactures machinery for war- 
vessels. Mars in a good position favors the produc- 
tion of iron and steel or anything that is moulded by 
the application of heat. He held membership in main- 
organizations and was President, Vice President or 
Superintendent of not a few. Mars does not always 
bring good luck in the 4th Sign. We have noted a 
number of cases where it led to destruction of build- 
ings by fire. 

No. 89, who had a newspaper plant damaged by 
fire, shows Mars, Mercury, and the Sun in the 4th, 
Mars standing for fire, the Sun for a notable fire, and 




MANUFACTURING MILITARY SUPPLIES 



FOURTH SIGN 



219 



Mercury for writings connected with fire. I'nder the 
present conjunction of Mars occurring in June, 1913, 
a series of fires took place culminating in the destruc- 
tion of another newspaper plant, and a fire was also 
discovered in a library. 

Chart No. 90 represents another series of fires, re- 
sulting in damage to property and loss of valuable 
writings. Here the Sun, Mars, and Mercury also ap- 
pear in the 4th. It is usually taken for granted that 
when a series of fires occurs they must be of incendi- 
ary origin, but this is not necessarily the case ; in 
such a horoscope as we have show r n there would be 
great danger from fire at any time while the Moon re- 




LOST NEWSPAPER PLANT 



220 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



mained in conjunction with these planets. In this 
case they would remain in the conjunction for three 
years. Three accidents frequently occur in succes- 
sion, where the influences are working strongly. Dr. 
Talmage had his church burned three times; after the 
last fire he moved to another city. The third time 
usually winds up the streak of luck. The fact that 
you usually break three dishes before your luck 
changes has often been remarked, and we have fre- 
quently noticed the same phenomenon in connection 
with other things. If an event happens twice it is 
very liable to happen the third time. 




ANOTHER LOSS BY 



FIRE 



FOURTH SIGN 221 

No. 89 and No. 90 are born near the same time and 
there is a striking resemblance between the two 
charts. The fires to which we referred took place 
near the same time. No. 90 shows Mars and Mer- 
cury opposite Mars and Mercury; in both horoscopes 
Mars stands opposite Mars. In No. 90 Jupiter, Sat- 
urn, Mars, Mercury, and the Sun are all changing in 
the Nativity, and this causes the influences to work 
very strongly for both good and evil. 

Uranus in the 4th sometimes causes loss from earth- 
quakes, particularly if Saturn appears in the conjunc- 
tion ; Chart No. 112 shows this trouble. Neptune un- 
der bad influences in or near the 4th causes destruc- 
tion by flood. 



222 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



CHAPTER XVIII. 
Law and Medicine. 

The former deals largely with mental suffering and 
the latter with physical suffering. In either case, the 
study of planetary influence should enable the prac- 
ticioner to understand mysterious cases and to figure 
out successfully a plan of relief. 

The distinguishing feature in the horoscope 
of a lawyer seems to be a tumultuous 3rd 
Sign, which covers short journeys, writings, and 
visits from those in distress ; the 4th is not 
necessarily strong. YVe have here selected a 




GREAT LABOR ATTORNEY 



LAW 223 

lawyer whose career has been slightly unusual, and 
three others who have made law a life long profes- 
sion. Those who study law r and drop out in a short 
time are not fair examples of the profession, although 
they usually show a stormy 3rd Sign. We have tak- 
en all these charts at the time Venus and Mercury 
formed a conjunction. This is usually found to be 
the most important point in the horoscope. 

In No. 91 Uranus and Mars appear between the 
2nd and 3rd Signs. Mars stands for fighting and Ur- 
anus for labor; these standing alone indicate heavy 
righting over labor difficulties. They also cause 
trouble over money, and writings connected with it. 
Saturn in the 4th indicates danger of imprisonment; 
this planet however is guarded by Venus and Mer- 
cury. Saturn in conjunction with the Sun in the 11th 
frequently indicates death or imprisonment to friends. 
The Sun in the 11th and Xeptune and Jupiter in the 
1st Sign draw many warm friends and gain by them, 
the 11th drawing men and the 1st women in a usual 
way. Jupiter however in the 1st draws friends from 
those connected with the administration of justice 
and Xeptune from those near the water or leading a 
sea-faring life. Uranus, Mars, and Saturn standing 
in the 3rd and 4th govern writing and produce such 
books as "An Eye for an Eye/' Venus and Mercury 
in this bad conjunction suggest such a topic as the 
murder of a woman. 

Chart No. 92 is that of a Judge of the Superior 
Court, w r ho shows the Sun, Mars and Saturn in his 
3rd Sign; they should be capable of getting up a good 
fight. Uranus appears in his 1st Sign. Uranus in the 
1st frequently means separation. This lawyer for- 
merly made a specialty of divorce cases, and was 
himself divorced. His money sign is well guarded, 
and he draws a good income. We notice that in the 
three charts we have given Xeptune stands in or near 



224 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



the 11th Sign. This indicates friends by the water; 
their business, property, and friends were found in 
sea-coast towns. We also think it indicates friends 
shedding tears. Those having Neptune in the 1st 
Sign shed tears easily, and women having Neptune 
in the 11th are afflicted with crying children, more es- 
pecially if Neptune forms a conjunction with bad 
planets, so we presume Neptune under bad Transits 
in the 11th in these horoscopes draws tears among 
friends. We are sorry to say that tears are no un- 
common sight to a lawyer, particularly a criminal 
lawyer. 




JUDGE OF SUPERIOR COURT 



LAW 



225 



Chart Xo. 93 shows an attorney who has the war 
sign in his 2nd with Uranus and Saturn in 2nd and 
3rd, another opportunity for a good fight particularly 
over money. Mercury and Venus form a conjunction 
in the 3rd indicating the 3rd Sign as the leading one. 

Chart Xo. 94 shows another noisy 2nd and 3rd. 
This lawyer made a specialty of damage suits, and 
was struck by an automobile himself. Uranus in the 
3rd combines traveling and falling; he drew land but 
found difficulty in collecting money, Jupiter and 
Mars should govern the law profession. Jupiter 
stands for the administration of justice and Mars for 
argument. We find Mars either in the 3rd or ap- 




SUCCESSFUL IN LAW 



226 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



proaching the 3rd in all these horoscopes. The 
charts were drawn about the time they were entering 
the profession in every case, so that Mars will have 
reached the 3rd in all these charts. In three Jupiter 
is found in or near the 1st and in the fourth Jupiter 
is found in the 3rd Sign. From this study we would 
infer that the 1st and 3rd Signs were the important 
ones for an attorney-at-law\ 

No. 95 is a leading surgeon who has, it is estimated, 
performed no less than 1000 abdominal operations. 
He gives special attention to the diseases of women 
and children, and has written books on surgery. Ve- 
nus and Mercury forming a conjunction in the 4th 




SPECIALTY 



IN DAMAGE SUITS 



MEDICINE 



227 



Sign with Jupiter and Uranus indicate that the 4th 
Sign takes the lead. You will notice in the first 
three horoscopes Jupiter and Uranus appear in the 
4th. Venus and Mercury indicate operations upon 
women and children. Mercury is entering the 5th 
Sign and the Sun and Mars stand between the 1st and 
2nd Signs. 

Chart No. 96 shows not only a surgeon but a bac- 
teriologist. Venus and Mercury form a conjunction 
with Mars in the 12th Sign, indicating success in deal- 
ing with germs, microbes, or bacteria. These fall un- 
der the 12th Sign, w T hich is the animal Sign. Mer- 




A FAMOUS SURGEON 



228 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



cury in the 12th indicates small animals and Mars 
dangerous animals. Venus gives success in dealing 
with them. There seems to be a theory among medi- 
cal men that the ravages of bacteria may be stayed 
by treatment with serum from animals. It is quite 
possible, as both come under the 12th Sign ; experi- 
ment alone will prove the utility of such cures. There 
is one point we wish to emphasize here and that is 
the fact that the stomach and bacteria come under the 
same sign. From this we learn the importance of 
guarding carefully the avenues to the stomach. If 
we w r ish to keep the system free from disease germs, 
avoid eating or drinking that which is tainted or im- 




EMINENT BACTERIOLOGIST 



MEDICIXE 



229 



pure. Fresh air and pure food mean good health in 
ninety-nine cases out of a hundred. 

Chart No. 97 shows a 4th Sign much the same as 
the former ; the Sun, Uranus, and Jupiter standing 
in ecliptic conjunction between the 3rd and 4th. He 
should specialize in ear and throat troubles. We have 
four or five horoscopes of deaf and partially deaf per- 
sons, and we find that a conjunction of Venus and 
Mercury strikes the spot in all of them in less than 
ten years from now. We hope this means some val- 
uable discoverv. 




SPECIALIST IX SURGERY 



230 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



Chart No. 98 is that of a lady physician ; we were 
specially interested in working out her horoscope, be- 
cause we felt that some very strong incentive must 
have been at work to bring her out of the old routine 
and lead her into a calling that was scarcely exploited 
by any woman at that time. Her 4th. Sign is weak 
and we presume she attempted very little surgery, 
Her 5th Sign indicates trouble among children and 
friends among strangers. It seems to be good for 
men ; either she did not treat them or they were eas- 
ily cured. We are reminded of an incident we once 
read of a lady physician, who attended a man in a 
case of fever, and he continued tc call after he had 




fto.qi 

LADY PHYSICIAN 



MEDICINE 



231 



fully recovered. They became engaged and later he 
wished to break the engagement. She quietly reached 
to a shelf, took her account book down, and made out 
a bill including every visit he had made, and sent it 
to a lawyer to collect. She had evidently met such a 
man before and was prepared. The lady before us 
certainly has some pull on money. The Sun, Nep- 
tune, and Uranus, permanent planets in the money 
Sign, indicate money made by medicine or painting. 

Chart No. 99 is that of an osteopathic doctor. He 
is a man who is doing a good business. He has all 
the good planets in his 1st Sign, excepting one in the 




NoW. 

A SUCCESSFUL OSTEOPATH 



232 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

« 

4th near the 3rd. Neptune governs the hands. We 
presume the 1st Sign gives strong magnetic power 
and good planets give the power to heal. We have 
another osteopath who has Jupiter, Venus, Mercury, 
and Neptune in the 1st Sign and the Sun in the 4th. 
This is much the same proposition — one good planet 
between the 3rd and 4th and four in the 1st Sign. 

We have not worked any other medical horoscopes. 
Time and space do not permit us to investigate any 
one branch of knowledge very thoroughly. A whole 
book might be written on one calling or profession, 
and it w^ould doubtless be very profitable, but we can 
only give a few hints in passing and leave the ques- 
tion for others to specialize upon. Those who are in- 
terested in medicine should look up all the birthdates 
to which they have access and study them thorough- 
ly, comparing the horoscopes with the lives of the 
persons. More especially should every medical man 
study his own horoscope. He should keep a diary 
and discover if possible what point in his chart draws 
success in operations. In many charts great victories 
result from good planets at one point and great dis- 
asters from bad planets at another point. A physic- 
ian must go w T hen called to a case and occasionally he 
must operate within a given time, but often he can 
choose his own time. A doctor should also be very 
w^ary in prescribing for a patient ; he must remember 
that when the conditions in the horoscope of a patient 
are very bad for health, he is influenced to prescribe 
that which will only aggravate the disease ; of this 
fact we are certain. Medical men have hedged their 
profession about with awe inspiring hieroglyphics, 
and a great mass of technical and high sounding 
phraseology. Not satisfied with this they prefix Doc- 
tor to their names instead of plain Mr. This makes 
assurance doubly sure that they belong to a superior 
order ; they have evolved during their short term of 



MEDICIXE 233 

college life into a higher sphere, and there they pur- 
pose to remain. Care should be taken that this fact 
does not militate against success. The conceited, self 
centered man or woman is much more easily ruled by 
unseen forces than one who does not rely so much on 
his own first impressions,, and weighs everything 
as he proceeds. The medical man as well as the 
moneyed man has had his innings, but education is 
waking the masses up to a realization that all is not 
gold that glitters, and they more and more require 
that a man shall "deliver the goods when he wears a 
frock coat." 

There should be many important discoveries made 
during these years. The Sun in the midst of a large 
conjunction greatly facilitates invention, and the sci- 
ence of healing should come in for its share. 

We would like to devote a few pages to hygiene 
and tell you how over-fed persons get down sick and 
as soon as they are bed-fast they order oysters, steak, 
poached eggs, ice cream, and everything else they can 
think of to strengthen them, and if it were not for a 
good purgation which the doctor or some kind friend 
administers they might die at any time. In these 
days there are more persons eating to death than 
starving to death. How often it happens that eggs 
are added to rich milk or cream and the patient is 
given a dose which would undo the digestion in a well 
person. Eggs taken alone constitute rich food, and 
creamy milk constitutes rich food. Now add the two 
without diluting and what can you say of it? Xo 
matter what the disease, guard the stomach and guard 
it well. Give it good, plain, pure, wholesome, tasty 
food, at regular intervals, and don't overwork it. 
From the stomach the blood is fed, and from the 
blood every organ of the body is nourished, and every 
muscle and sinew is toned up. 



-16 



234 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

Another important point is proper attention to the 
pores ot the skin. We deprecate rubbing the skin 
with oil, as it prevents the free passage of waste mat- 
ter through the pores. It is said that a person cov- 
ered with a substance which closes the pores of the 
skin over the whole body will only live a few hours ; 
now what is bad as a whole must be bad in part. 
Avoid sudden change of temperature; this also closes 
the pores. Should they become closed accidentally, 
and trouble ensues, resort at once to the hot bath and 
sweat. There are doctors who laugh at such things 
as sweats and counterirritants ; they are old fashioned ; 
to be sure they are, so is your body old fashioned ; 
and while it remains so old fashioned treatment is li- 
able to be helpful. Counterirritants in the form of 
plasters and blisters draw inflammation to the sur- 
face, and where used prevent the necessity of opera- 
tion in very many cases. We have seen so many 
cures wrought by the use of the porous plaster that 
we cannot refrain from recommending it. In addi- 
tion to back-aches, heart-aches, neuralgia, rheuma- 
tism, and ' injuries which have been cured by this 
means, we have seen chronic ear trouble removed by 
the application of the plaster back of the ear, and 
appendicitis checked in the early stages. Don't wait 
for the doctor to recommend these things. Use sim- 
ple remedies, and use more prevention than cure, it 
is cheaper and less painful. Don't wait until a pain 
becomes chronic before you deal with it. The time 
to treat it is when you first feel it. 



CHILDREN 235 

CHAPTER XIX. 
Children. 

This subject opens up so many channels for scien- 
tific study and observation, that one is at a loss to 
know which direction to take first. Xorth, South, 
East, and West, different phases of the question clam- 
or for your attention. 

In the care of children you must begin with the 
mothers ; this feature of the question is too obvious 
to require elucidation. The amount of civilization of 
which a country can boast is usually measured, in 
the eyes of outsiders at least, by the treatment of its 
women and children ; whether it be England, America, 
China, India or the Islands of the Sea. England in 
her present lamentable condition is being made the 
laughing stock of the world. The English women 
who were anxious to lead the world in the work of 
reform, as the men have led the world in commer- 
cial life, and who have striven for 40 years by fair, 
just and honorable means to get a hand in establish- 
ing the moral status of the country, have been jeered 
at, and trampled upon, until desperation has at last 
taken the place of that which is just and right, and 
pages of history will be written which in the future 
will cast a dark blot upon the proud name of one of 
the greatest nations in the world. The writer has no 
affiliations with the suffrage movement, has never been 
in a suffrage meeting, and never saw a suffrage par- 
ade but once. While watching the parade a lady 
remarked, "Why these women are all grey-haired, 
they are ready for the grave. What do they want 
with the ballot ?" "These women have seen a few 
things/' said one; "when they say they want suffrage 
they know what they are talking about/' Mem- 
ory carries us back to the time when they suffered 



236 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

the pangs of travail, which nothing but motherlove 
would ever induce any woman willingly to undergo. 
As time wore on the little ones lay close to their 
hearts, and the little fingers clung to the strong guid- 
ing hand of the mother, and thus she led them on. 
But the time came when they were ushered into the 
world to win or to lose, in a rum-cursed, money-mad 
sea of moral iniquity. What else can you call it? And 
then when the mother follows her child out into the 
world to try to make the world what she has made 
the home for him, she is taunted, and told to go home 
and rock the cradle. The world says : " We want more 
boys just like yours to patronize our saloons and 
houses of prostitution ; we want their money, that's 
business ! We want your girls too : go home and rock 
the cradle, turn them out as fast as you can, that is 
your place, and we will take care of them." Now, 
isn't that the situation exactly? 

All the best men in the world are with the best 
women in their aspirations toward reform, and we 
are glad to note that in many places they are in the 
majority. The cry comes from them as it came from 
.Macedonia of old, "Come over and help us, the work 
is too great for us." There is opposition also among 
women to the suffrage movement ; from those who 
are either laboring under some delusion or are opposed 
to the work of reform. Very few however refuse to 
avail themselves of the privilege of the ballot ; those 
women are probably the first to visit the polls. There 
will also be many women who will yield to the seduc- 
tive influence of the powers that be, and cast their vote 
against conscience and right ; a vast work of education 
must take place. The government should call a halt 
in business, forbid the issuing of marriage licenses 
for a year, publish a manifesto calling the attention 
of the people to the terrible need of moral reform, 
and declare the world an unfit place to be the nur- 



CHILDREN 237 

sery of the coming generation. Women would be 
quite within the limit in refusing to bring children 
into a world such as this ; steeped in liquor, and seeth- 
ing with immorality, in many places an embryo hell. 

In olden times the people held fasts and dressed in 
sackcloth and ashes, when they wished to arrest the 
spread of some terrible evil. A little bit of that spirit 
at the present time would not be out of place. We 
have the evidence of judges of the Court as to the 
percentage of crime caused by drinking alcoholics, 
and we have the evidence of the medical men in charge 
of insane asylums as to the percentage of inmates who 
have come there through drink and its associate evils, 
and yet we proceed to cut off the tip of one root of 
the great cancer that is sapping the vitals of the race. 
We regulate the saloon just the slightest little bit and 
then fold our arms in innocence. We don't need to 
read Greek or Hebrew to find out what the fires of 
hell are ; we can smell their sulphurous odor, and see 
the devastation they are working, any night w r e like 
to walk down the street. Some wonder why God 
does not take every man to heaven. How would ob- 
scene pictures look on the jasper walls? How would 
the coarse jest, and the insane jabber of the inebriate 
sound oozing through the pearly gates? God may 
give you a place just as beautiful as he gives to the 
righteous, but, dear friend, it w T ill not be heaven un- 
less you make heaven out of it ; it w r ill be a Lake of 
Fire. God causes his Sun to shine on the just and on 
the unjust, and they make their own heaven, and 
they make their own hell. 

Our destinies are woven and interwoven with those 
around us so that we must be held responsible in 
some measure for those with whom we come into 
contact, more especially for the children which we 
have brought into the world. No mother is doing her 
part unless she strives by all the means within her 



238 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

reach to make her children happy and successful, and 
more than all to prepare them for the world beyond, 
knowing that this life is "but for a moment ;" and no 
woman is doing her part unless she helps her neigh- 
bor in the good work she is trying to do. A lady 
once said, "I have a good, kind husband, and am well 
provided for, but for the sake of those who are not 
provided for, I am willing to dedicate my life to the 
work of reform." That is the spirit we should all cul- 
tivate. 

Then the matter of support is one that is of para- 
mount importance in connection with the child ques- 
tion, and that is so intimately connected with the 
question of support for the mother that the two are in 
a manner inseparable. This is a grave question. We 
have had investigations into the matter of wages for 
working girls, with an attempt to solve the vice prob- 
lem ; but is not the question of the working mother of 
even greater importance, for she has other lives de- 
pending upon her? A mother who saw an advertise- 
ment for help in a department store called at the of- 
fice. She was first asked what regular income she 
had, and the reply not being satisfactory, she was 
told that they wanted girls who were living at home 
and just required a little pin-money. This is not hear- 
say, we can vouch for the truth of the incident. What 
right anyway have parents to be paying wages for an 
employer? A girl should be competent after one 
month in a department, if not there is something 
wrong. We have given you the chart of a lady who 
took a leading place in three months time ; there is 
no long apprenticeship required. The situation for 
women in the industrial world is so horrible that we 
shrink from attempting to portray it ; if women could 
work on equal terms with men it would change the 
aspect entirely. Someone will say, "Oh, men have 
more physical strength, women cannot expect to 



CHILDREN 239 

draw the same wages." If strength were the standard 
by which efficiency is measured, then the hod-car- 
rier and the street digger should be more highly paid 
than the Bank manager and Railway director. Per- 
haps it should be so; if you think it should, g;tt in 
and make it so. Women may have to learn the sci- 
ence of the strike and the filibuster to get what is 
their due, unless the government succeeds in settling 
the matter of wages in a satisfactory manner. 

It is very kind and very delightful of the Legislat- 
ure to offer a pension to mothers who have children 
to support, but even here they must feel that justice 
comes before charity, and if women had a fair chance 
in the industrial world, there are many cases where 
such assistance would be unnecessary. Talk about 
girls going astray when their wages are low ! What 
happens to a mother? Her children are taken from her 
by law and she is "cast out." All these things are 
too horrible even to mention. We do not for a mo- 
ment say that her children should not be taken from 
her, but we do say that she should not be driven to 
such a life by the greed of capitalists and labor ex- 
ploiters. It is simply appalling to read of the con- 
ditions under which women work in many places. 
We say work, but they don't work, neither do they 
rush, they simply tare. If you don't believe it try 
making thirty-six kimonos in a day. Let them be as 
plain as possible, which of you would want to do it? 
Only an expert could do it. Think of working twelve 
or fourteen hours a day at a break-neck speed like 
that, year in and year out, no recreation, probably 
very little fresh air or sunshine ; and these are in 
many instances the mothers of our little ones. They 
tell us too that they get the round sum of four cents 
for making one of those kimonos, and that they have 
to work fourteen hours a day to live. This is merely 
a sample of the work done. The majority of the 



240 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

poorer class of women (and their name is "legion'') 
earn their living in factories, sweat shops, or by 
house-service ; and the latter is very little better than 
the factory ; that is a case of woman oppressing wo- 
man ; fourteen hours a day, seven days in the week, 
with just time to swallow their food, and an occas- 
ional afternoon off is considered to be a liberal ar- 
rangement. Most women will tell you that they 
would sooner w r ork any other place than as a house- 
servant, and there are good reasons for it. If these 
women show a degree of ignorance and apathy with 
regard to their condition that is appalling, don't be 
surprised. When do they find time to look at a book 
or paper? When their work is over they are too tired 
even to think. Someone must think for them if their 
condition is ever to be improved. We have just read 
of a girl who was working as a domestic and who be- 
came tired of the life. She donned boys' clothes and 
got a position as elevator boy. She was then arrested 
for masquerading in male attire, and she told the de- 
tectives that she made as much in two weeks as she 
had formerly done in a month. She would also have 
a much pleasanter time. 

The question of heredity is far too deep and com- 
plex and far-reaching for any one man or group of 
men to be able to fathom its depths, and to prognos- 
ticate with any degree of certainty as to the chances 
for any given birth. The position of the planets in 
the horoscopes of the parents is a very important 
factor in determining the character of the child. Then 
there are probably many influences which come in for 
Aveal or for w r oe between the first dawn of life and the 
birth of the child. This is a tremendously big subject 
to tackle, and one that probably will never be suc- 
cessfully fathomed. We recollect five cases where 
imbecile children w r ere born, and in every case the 
parents were healthy and normal, and successful in 



CHILDREN 241 

life. In two cases the deformed child was an only 
child, and in the other cases the deformed child 
made one out of a large family of healthy children. 
A man whose chart we have given you as one who 
rose to the head of his profession in a phenomenal 
manner was the father of such a child. He had two 
evil planets in his 11th Sign. We have never se- 
cured the horoscopes of the other parents, but one 
point is clear and it is this. One person can only 
have his share of the good things of the world, and 
when his good planets are in his 1st, 2nd, and 3rd 
Signs they are removed from the 5th and can have no 
influence there. Evil planets will probably occupy 
the 5th. We have a newspaper article before us 
which is headed as follows : "Aristocrats are almost 
Childless. " Three-fourths of the families in a weal- 
thy residence district have no children," it goes on 
to say. The fact which has been mentioned would 
account for this condition of things. Children are 
called "the poor man's heritage", and often it hap- 
pens that bright, healthy children make up the sum 
total of his possessions. This is one of the many 
mysteries which planetary influence aids in explain- 
ing When good planets are in the money Sign they 
draw money, not children. 

No. 100 is the mother and No. 101 the father of 
twenty-three children, all living and well. This fam- 
ily was discovered by a newspaper man in the state 
of Maine. They were living on a ranch in a plain 
but comfortable fashion. The children were pictured 
as being orderly and well behaved, the elder helping 
the younger and everything moving along like clock 
work. The larger children were moving out into the 
world, and were said to be doing credit to their moth- 
er's training. The planets in her 11th Sign are all 
good ; the Transits come and go. It would be as easy 
for this lady to manage twenty-three children as it 



242 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



would be for a lady with Mars and Saturn in the 11th 
Sign to manage one child. Have you noticed children 
teasing their mothers? They would no sooner get 
one difficulty settled than back the child would come 
with another. Evil planets in the 11th Sign of a 
parent or teacher, seem to give a child a very fertile 
brain. Sometimes of course the bad influences take 
the form of ill-health, either in the children or in the 
part of the body governed by the 5th and 11th Signs. 
How natural it seems that the child should come un- 
der the same Sign with the heart. Someone says 
they always bring love with them and we wish it 
were true. 




MOTHER OF 23 CHILDREN. 



CHILDREN 



243 



Here is a very sad little picture in Chart No. 102. 
Parents unmarried, child born in an automobile, 
strangled to death and thrown into a back yard, and 
this in what was counted decent society. Such a pic- 
ture as this makes one's blood run cold. Four plan- 
ets including the Moon in the 12th or enemy Sign, 
and five between the 3rd and 4th Signs — the 3rd for 
traveling and the 4th for parents. Uranus and Mars 
stand between Venus and the Sun, putting cupid in 
a very bad place. This pathetic little picture bears a 
tremendous lesson right on its face, and you can get 
plenty more such as this. When you see anything 
like it in the newspaper, just mark the date of birth 




Ho 10! 
FATHER OF 23 CHILDREN. 



244 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



and work it out; charts such as these are more elo- 
quent than any words. 

By way of contrast we are going to show you a 
child who was welcomed to the world with the pomp 
and splendor of Royalty ; first, however, presenting 
to you No. 103, the chart of the mother. Consider- 
able anxiety had been experienced with regard to the 
question of an heir to the throne, and at last when 
the Moon entered the 11th Sign in the horoscope of 
the mother, the stork got busy, and the birth took 
place amid great rejoicing. It frequently happens 
that the Moon coming into the 11th Sign brings a 
birth, and as it remains there for several years it fre- 




J\fo.|Oft 
INFANT .MURDERED AT BIRTH 



CHILDREN 



245 



quently brings two births close together and then a 
halt. When the 11th Sign runs strong a birth is li- 
able to take place at any time, that is with the Moon 
in any position in the horoscope, but if there are no 
planets in or near the 11th the Moon coming into the 
Sign frequently marks the only birth. 

Chart No. 104 is that of the little princess herself. 
The Moon in her horoscope is in the Sign of friends 
with Jupiter. Only Saturn stands in the 12th Sign. 
Venus stands in the 1st Sign to bring her nice clothes, 
and Mercury in the 2nd to bring her jewelry and 
money. They are liable to be troubled with floods in 
her country, and she will not have very good luck 




A/O./03 

AN HEIR TO THE THRONE 



246 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



with animals. Sorrow must come to her as it comes 
to every person born, at some time, in some way. 

In No. 105 we present to you the father and in No. 
106 the mother of triplets. At first sight the 11th 
Sign in the horoscopes of the parents does not look 
very strong, but there are three points which throw 
light upon the case. The parents were born in the 
same Sign, and the Transits are the same for both ; 
six planets appear in the Transits, and the Moon 
stands the same in the Nativity of both parents ; at 
least practically the same, one entering the 11th and 
the other leaving the 11th. These three points we 
consider sufficient to account for the unusual birth. 




A LITTLE PRINCESS 



CHILDREN 



247 



Previous to this time four children had been born to 
the parents in fourteen years. 

In No. 108 we give you what is known as the 13 
baby, and another born on the same day ; one chart 
will answer for both. The 13 baby was born on the 
13th day of Jan. 1913, at 13 minutes to seven, weighed 
131b, and 13 years had elapsed since the birth of the 
last child. The house number was 113 and his name 
contained 13 letters. We are told that the number 
13 still follows him. He is a sturdy little fellow, and 
looks as if he knew a thing or two. He sits there 
with the pose and air of a judge upon the bench. He 




FATHER OF TRIPLETS. 



248 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



should be guarded against infectious diseases, and 
he will be very fond of animals. 

The other baby was tied up in a box and thrown 
out on a vacant lot. Some boys came along and 
played foot-ball with the box, until their curiosity 
became aroused and they opened it. A four day baby 
tumbled out apparently dead. A policeman however 
took it to a hospital, where at last accounts it was 
able to cry lustily; the tragedy occurred in Brooklyn 
and we may never hear of the child again. What 
could be more horrible than to throw a helpless in- 
fant out to die with neither food nor clothing? 

There were other children born on the same dav 




MOTHER OF TRIPLETS 



CHILDREN 



249 



with very nearly the same horoscope, but the same 
thing did not happen to them. The same thing- 
could not happen to a child born in a good environ- 
ment ; thus we see that environment plays a very im- 
portant part in our lives. Every child born at the 
same time doubtless passed through serious dangers 
seen or unseen on the 17th of January, but it may 
have been to health or from other troubles indicated 
by the 6th Sign. 

At the time of birth the planets in Nativity and 
Transits necessarily telescope each other, the Tran- 
sits gradually moving away; and this causes the per- 
iod of infancy to be fraught with dangers. The death 




"FOOT BALL AND "NO. 13" BABIES. 



17 



250 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

rate at the best is much higher among infants than 
among children and adults. After seven years 
of age, the child gets a pretty good grip on life, as 
all the evil planets in the Transits have moved away 
from those in the Nativity. In this horoscope live 
planets appear in the Nativity, and five in the Tran- 
sits in the 6th and 12th Signs. These Signs govern 
enemies and the feet. Mars stands for some very 
cruel person who threw the child out ; Saturn often 
stands for imprisonment, hence the child was Lied in 
a box. Mercury stands for the boys, who under the 
bad influence of Saturn and Mars kicked the baby 
around. Jupiter stands for the officer who took it to 
the hospital, and Venus for the nurses who cared for 
it. The Moon in a Sign indicates the time when 
events are most likely to take place. On the 13th of 
January the Moon was entering his 10th Sign — count 
ing two days in the 10th and two days in the 11th it 
would be entering the 12th on the 17th. At a glance 
one would say, when the Moon comes into that 12th 
Sign, there will be something doing. The remaining 
planets are all in his 2nd or money Sign. Should he 
live to grow up it will be very strong at times. His 
horoscope is typical of the money-fighting age in 
which he was born ; all his planets being in the fight- 
ing and money Signs. This horoscope indicates great 
dangers and great possibilities for both these children. 
The fourth and fifth years would be a critical time as 
well as the fourth and fifth days, but should they live, 
four planets pass into the 1st Sign between the ages 
of fourteen and twenty-five, leaving only Saturn in 
the 12th close to the 11th Sign. These four will run 
a conjunction with three planets in the 2nd Sign close 
to the 1st. This will give them great intellectual 
power, and a good pull on money. 

All the children born between the 1st and 15th of 
January 1913 should have similar horoscopes, ex- 



CHILDREN 251 

cepting that the Moon would appear in different 
places in each and they would strike their danger 
points at a different time. During the next five years 
many children will be born under heavy conjunctions/ 
Their dangers, special talents and besetting sins will 
all come from the same source. Some will be bright 
and shining lights in the world, while others will land 
in a maelstrom of dissipation. Their lives will be 
strongly marked, and the questions of heredity and 
environment will play an important part in deciding 
their fate. The horoscope of a child is worked from 
birth, and we think that heredity and environment 
bring it up to that point. Physical appearance, vi- 
tality, and mental traits as indicated by the form of 
the head may be attributed to heredity and environ- 
ment. Children born at the same time do not resem- 
ble each other while children born of the same par- 
ents usually bear a striking resemblance, some resem- 
bling one parent more strongly, and some the other. 
But you will say, "What about the little 13 baby?" 
What do all the 13's signify? In reply we would say 
that numbers are read according to the indications 
of the Signs. 1 and 7 we would connect with educa- 
tion, marriage, etc. ; 2 and 8 with money, and so on. 
The peculiar significance of the number 13 we attrib- 
ute to the fact that the Moon comes into conjunction 
with the place in which you were born every thirteen 
years in the Nativity and every thirteen days in the 
Transits, or rather thirteen years elapse from the 
time that the Moon leaves the conjunction, until it 
comes into the conjunction again. This seems al- 
ways to be a critical point in the horoscope ; at this 
point many die and if the influences are good many 
get a fresh start in life, and commence a new era of 
existence ; it often brings promotion. A grouping of 
13's such as is found around the birth of this child 
would indicate that it is strongly marked by fate. 



252 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

Should the child not live it has been presented to the 
world already; its birth has been used to illustrate the 
peculiar significance of the number 13 and to impress 
•upon the world the fact that there must be a science 
in numbers. Numbers may or may not assist in 
bringing events to pass but they surely indicate what 
is likely to take place if we can read them aright. A 
house number has been found to indicate the princi- 
pal events to take place while a person occupies the 
house, e. g. 1, 1, 3 gives us 5 as their sum and 5 is the 
children's Sign, 1 stands for study. The number 
would read thus, study 13 child; or it might read 
thus, friends writing about child. 11 stands for 
friends, 3 for writing, and 5 for child ; several news- 
paper articles were written regarding it. Other 
events might be read in this number, but this 
one is surely there. We have analyzed many num- 
bers and have found it an interesting study. 

The question of staying the ravages of disease and 
prolonging human life seems to be a difficult one. 
One baby out of every eight dies before it is a year 
old in the United States, and twice as many die in 
the poor districts as among the better off classes. In 
many cases doubtless the mother has to turn out to 
earn the daily bread and what else would you ex- 
pect? Strong conjunctions resting over them at birth 
will probably cause the death rate to be higher dur- 
ing these years. You have often heard the remark: 
"That child was too bright to live." Much depends 
upon the amount of vitality a child is born with. Hu- 
man beings are like plants : some are born tender and 
fragile, and the first little breeze that strikes them 
wafts them into the next world; this world merely 
seems to be a stepping stone to the next. Others 
grow stronger as the winds of adversity beat against 
them. 

These two conjunctions appearing in the little 



CHILDREN 253 

horoscope which we have been studying, appeared 
in the Transits of every horoscope at that time. They 
strike every person but in a different place. Take 
Mr. Edison for example: the group of. five planets ap- 
pears in his children Sign and the other group in his 
1st Sign, which stands for education. Under these 
two conjunctions he announces to the world that he 
is going to revolutionize the system of education in 
the public schools, and moving pictures are going to 
be substituted for school books. Space will not per- 
mit us to give further examples. 

These charts have presented to you, a poor man's 
heritage, a glad nation's heritage, and a proud father's 
heritage; they have also given you the murderer's 
heritage. To the murderer we wish to say that there 
will be no soft little arms to twine about his neck in 
the home which he has chosen. There will be no 
sweet faced girl to meet him with a smile and a word 
of cheer. In this world the good and the bad are all 
heaped up together, the good sandwiched in with the 
bad. A bad man selects a good woman; he has no 
taste for a woman like himself; as soon as she be- 
comes like himself he wants a change, and a bad 
woman prefers a good man. If the underworld had 
to run for a year without any recruits from innocence 
and decency, we believe it would die a natural death. 
Hell will be full of hatred, loathing and bitterness, 
wailing and gnashing of teeth, all the sweetness and 
purity removed. 

The man who murdered the sweet little infant so 
far as we know might have made a home for the 
young girl, and the new-born babe who was part of 
his own flesh and blood, but he chose to throw it 
into someone's back yard and give himself up to li- 
centious living. The officers discovered that he was 
a well known business man with an office down town, 
but he was never charged with murder. Oh no ! A 



254 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

little money would be sufficient to cover the whole 
thing up. God causes his sun to shine upon the just 
and upon the unjust, and doubtless he gave this mur- 
derer just as sweet a child as he gave to the one who 
sat upon a throne ; such children are often very at- 
tractive. When its little dimpled hands w:ere out- 
stretched to you, and its sweet blue eyes turned to 
you with a look of helpless appeal, — Oh devil in hu- 
man form! How could you be so cruel? Don't 
blame God if you some time find yourself in company 
that is not congenial. He is giving you all the good 
things of this life just the same as he gives to his 
most faithful followers and you are trampling them 
under your feet. Some day there will be no more 
victims left for you to torture. You will find your- 
self alone with your own kind, and methinks that 
will be all the punishment you will need. If this 
were the only case of the kind we might be inclined 
to pass over it lightly, but the world is cursed with 
murders of this description. This precious gift of 
God is thrown into open fireplaces, into swiftly flow- 
ing streams, into lime pits, and who knows where ! 
Remember their little souls go straight to God who 
gave them, and he knows all about it. "Inasmuch as 
ye have done it unto one of the least of these ye have 
done it unto me," said Jesus. 

When we speak of liquor in this chapter we do not 
mean to infer that drinking is a heinous crime, or that 
it is in itself sinful ; but we do say most emphatically 
that it often paves the way for crimes that are hei- 
nous ; in fact, it is so frequently the cause of down- 
fall, that it should be wiped out entirely. In a year's 
time no one would ever miss the glass. 

The following record breaker in births appeared 
this year in a daily paper. A rancher in Colorado was 
presented all on the same day with a pair of twins, 
a brand new calf, six little pigs, eleven chickens, and 



PHILANTHROPISTS 



^OD 



two pigeons. He drowned the cat before kittens were 
added to the list. "It never rains but it pours." Un- 
der large conjunctions just such incidents are liable 
to happen. 



CHAPTER XX. 
Friends and Philanthropists. 

Under the same Sign and inseparable from the 
question of philanthropy, is the question of friend- 
ship. In one sense the word friend expresses the 
only true and satisfactory relationship in life ; it im- 
plies sincerity and good feeling. The relationship of 
father, mother, husband, wife, brother, or sister, does 
not necessarily imply friendship. "A brother is born 
for the day of adversity, but a friend loveth at all 
times." A man may be your husband and yet not be 
your friend, and a woman may be your sister, and 
yet not be your friend; a friend, however, when he 
ceases to be friendly becomes an enemy. True, there 
are false friends, but these are enemies in disguise. A 
friend is one who takes your part when you are ma- 
ligned, assists you when you are in difficulty, and for- 
gives you when you are penitent ; if he does not do 
these things he is not worthy the name of a friend. 
"A friend in need is a friend indeed." 

There is one phase of this question that causes one 
to feel very sad, and that is the thought of the insta- 
bility of friendship. Your best friends .frequently be- 
come your greatest enemies, and when they do, they 
traduce all that you once held sacred; all your little 
secrets that as friends have been entrusted to them, 
are spread broadcast ; and as enemies they mock and 
torment you in a way that no stranger would have 
the power to do. This thought calls to mind a verse 



256 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

written upon, "The Friend that sticketh closer than 
a brother." 

"Earthly friends may pain and grieve you, 
One day kind, the next day leave you. 
But this friend will ne'er deceive you. 
Oh, how he loves !" 

We read a short time ago of a woman who la- 
mented having spoiled a perfectly happy friendship 
by getting married. The 11th Sign for this couple 
must have been good and the 1st bad. While they 
remained friends under the 11th all went well, but 
when they became lovers under the 1st Sign fortune 
changed. Some couples were lovers from the time 
they came face to face with each other, and others 
remained friends for years, apparently not even con- 
templating marriage, until some unwary moment 
came when the 1st Sign was working more strongly 
than usual, and they broke through the ice. We rec- 
ollect a couple who were companions for thirteen 
years, from the time the Moon left the marriage Sign 
until it came back to the marriage Sign again. Their 
friends, burdened with curiosity and anxiety for their 
welfare, asked the lady if he ever spoke of marriage, 
and she replied in the negative. However the time 
came, and should the marriage not prove happy it 
will probably take them as long to get out as it took 
them to get in. If a quickly made match proves to be 
unhappy it is quickly broken up as a rule. We recol- 
lect a case where a girl married, and the bridegroom 
asked her for money before they left the building 
in which they were married. She there and then tore 
up the marriage papers and they separated. Prob- 
ably she was wise in doing so. 

If you wish to know whether a man is a friend, an 
enemy, or a lover, watch the position of the Aioon 
when you are brought into company with him, when 



PHILANTHROPISTS 



257 



he visits you, and when he invites you to go out with 
him. If you habitually meet a man when the Moon 
is in the 1st Sign he is a lover, and if you habitually 
meet a man while the Moon is in the 11th he is a 
friend, although if bad planets appear in the 11th, he 
may not be a true friend, or your friendship may for 
some reason be unfortunate. If bad planets appear 
in the 1st Sign, your lover may not be worthy, or 
your relations with him may be disappointing from 
other causes. If you habitually meet him while the 
Moon is in the 12th he is an enemy. The position of 
Venus indicates where you are likely to meet him, 
if in the 3rd traveling or writing, 4th at home, 5th in 




A REAL PHILANTHROPIST 



258 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



the home or in the company of friends, 6th in con- 
nection with eating, walking, riding, or it may be 
fighting. If you would learn you must watch the 
events of each day as it comes. 

No. 109 we call a wealthy philanthropist. It is said 
that she gave twenty millions to charitable objects 
after her husband's death ; if we remember correctly 
she was interested ir sailors. You will find the Sun r 
Neptune, Uranus, and Saturn in her 11th Sign. Good 
planets in the 11th draw favors from strangers, and 
bad planets in the 11th cause strangers to draw favors 
from us, thus giving us a charitable spirit. If the 
estimate of this lady's giving is correct we would 




ORGANIZER OF SALVATION ARMY 



PHILANTHROPISTS 



259 



count her a genuine philanthropist. Those who give 
fifty or one hundred thousand out of ten or twenty 
millions are mere shams. They are not giving even 
the widow's mite. To whom much is given of him 
shall much be required. 

In No. 110 we have a man who has the same per- 
manent planets in his 11th Sign that No. 109 has in 
hers. The Moon and Mercury are not permanent. 
Mars between the 3rd and 4th under good influences 
seems to have prompted the idea of the "Army Pa- 
rade" in connection with religion. He succeeded in 
striking something new, and creating quite a sensa- 
tion in the world. These planets also govern travel- 




ftfo/JL 
LEADER IN ARMY XURSIXG 



260 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



ing and writing. The Sun indicates friends among 
the high, and Uranus friends among the low ; he had 
them both. His funeral in London was one of the 
most remarkable ever held in the world. King and 
beggar, rich and poor, holy and unholy met together 
touched by a common sorrow. 

No. Ill, whose name will ever be remembered in 
connection with her humane work in the army, is 
here presented. You will notice that Mercury and 
Venus form a conjunction with Mars and Saturn in 
the 12th Sign. Four planets in the 12th including 
Mars gives her a decided interest in the battle field. 
She also has three planets, Uranus, Neptune, and the 




ilk-/!*- 

FOUNDER OF A UNIVERSITY 



PHILANTHROPISTS 



261 



Sun, in the 3rd and 4th. These lead her to estab- 
lish a home for the training of nurses. She also writes 
the following books as a result of her 3rd and 12th 
running strong: "Notes on Nursing", Sanitary State 
of the Army in India", Life or Death in India." She 
came through the Crimean War in 1854. 

In No. 112 we have another noted philanthropist. 
She also has Uranus, Saturn, Neptune, and the Sun 
around the 11th Sign. Hci horoscope presents a very 
touching picture. No woman with an ordinary horo- 
scope could fathom the sorrow which must have been 
hers when her only child w r as stricken by death. The 
Moon in passing through the 11th touches by way of 




JWto-llB- 

SUFFRAGE LEADER 



262 



SOCIAL SCIEXCE 



conjunction every planet in the chart. She took the 
only course that was left for her to take in order to 
relieve the extreme pressure; she gave her life up to 
charitable enterprises, and founded in the University 
01 Leland Stanford Jr. one of the greatest monuments 
which history records, a monument comparable only 
to her love for her child. She also made large dona- 
tions toward orphanages. 

Unmistakable traces of the earthquake and other 
events affecting the University may be seen in the 
•horoscope before us. 

No. 113 aided in establishing the first W. C. T. U. 
She was also active in anti-slaverv and woman's 




A/j /IN- 
TEMPERANCE CARTOONIST 



PHILANTHROPISTS 



263 



rights movements. In 1872 she was arrested and 
tried for voting under the 14th Amendment. She has 
been before every Congress from 1869 to the time of 
her death, and has also lectured in England, and 
throughout the United States, engaging in eight dif- 
ferent state campaigns for equal suffrage. Her horo- 
scope speaks for itself; her 12th Sign gives her an 
aggressive spirit and the 1st a powerful intellect. 
Uranus in the 11th gives her a feeling for the op- 
pressed, and Saturn in the 3rd indicates traveling On 
the slow order, making many stops. She seems to 
have come into contact with men chiefly as an advo- 
cate of woman's rights. Her 1st Sign is powerful. 




LEADER IN W. C. T. U 



264 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



No. 114, a great temperance lecturer and cartoonist, 
is here presented. You will notice Neptune, Uranus, 
and Mars running a close conjunction in his 12th and 
1st, hence his temperance work. His 1st Sign gives 
him a powerful intellect, his 12th an aggressive spirit, 
and 11th a large heart. 

No. 115 is one of the most successful reformers of 
the age. Mercury passes Venus in the 3rd Sign and 
this marks writing and traveling as a strong point ; 
Mercury also favors public speaking. Mars and the 
Sun form a conjunction in her 11th Sign giving her 
an aggressive military spirit ; this is one of the main 
spokes in the wheel of reform. Neptune in this large 




l\lo.llb- 
A TEMPERANCE REFORMER 



PHILANTHROPISTS 



265 



conjunction leads her to make a special fight against 
the liquor habit, and her 11th Sign connects her with 
the work of education (She was a teacher in early 
life). She also succeeded in introducing temperance 
instruction into the schools in every state but three 
of the Union. She gave her life to the task for which 
she was so well fitted, and accomplished a prodigious 
amount of work. Now dead, she is recognized as the 
greatest and most successful leader in all refoims ad- 
vocated by the Woman's Christian Temperance 
Union in America. 

Following No. 115 is another leader in the fight for 
temperance^ A striking similarity exists betw r een 




AMiT 

FOUNDER OF THE "HULL HOUSE." 



—18 



266 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

the horoscopes of the two. They were both edu- 
cators in their earlier days. This lady however was 
married and brought up a family of children, so that 
her public life was necessarily hampered, in fact her 
public career was not commenced until the cradle 
rocking was all over. Her 11th Sign is stronger and 
her 3rd weaker than in No. 115. She did very little 
writing except in preparation for public speaking. 
You will notice Neptune in conjunction with Uranus. 
Mars, and the Sun much the same as in No. 115. 
Neptune, Mars, and Uranus govern liquor. An over- 
dose of liquor leads to fighting or falling or both. 

In No. 117 we have the pleasure of presenting a 
chart from the life of a lady well known throughout 
the United States as a writer, lecturer, and social 
worker. She opened her famous charitable institu- 
tion know as "The Hull House" in Chicago in 1899. 
Four good planets situated between the 11th and 12th 
Signs call for many honors and distinctions. She 
has already received an honorary degree from Yale, 
and has had the pleasure of being the first woman in 
the United States to second a nomination for Presi- 
dent. She should be extremely successful in dealing 
with children. Her 1st Sign is bad and Neptune 
and the Moon are in the conjunction in 1913. The 
recent floods in the Eastern States are here indicated. 
Uranus situated between the 3rd and 4th leads her to 
w r rite upon labor troubles, and to establish a Home in 
the interests of labor. The 4th is the building Sign. 

No. 118 is another reformer who was especially in- 
terested in the welfare of the Indians. She also pub- 
lished works upon animals and children. You will 
notice that all her planets are in the 11th and 12th 
excepting Mars, and Mars was near the 12th at the 
time of her birth. This planet has passed through 
her 1st Sign leading to her marriage with a military 



PHILANTHROPISTS 



267 



man and his subsequent death. Uranus in the 11th 
indicates foreigners and being in a heavy conjunction 
leads to an unswerving devotion to the cause of the 
Indians. She must have been deeply attached to ani- 
mals, and children should have had a powerful attrac- 
tion for her. Occasionally we find persons who have 
a strong 11th and yet never had children of their 
own. These persons are either associated with the 
children of others, or run a strong public career. 




CHAMPION OF THE INDIANS 



268 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

CHAPTER XXI. 
War. 

Could the world exist without the organized battle 
field? If all the people on it were angels it could. 
As it stands we hardly believe it possible. Organized 
warfare is horrible, but not to be compared with a 
one-sided war w r hich takes the form of wholesale 
slaughter, torture, and desecration of womanhood, 
such as has taken place on more than one continent 
during the past ten years. If peace bonds and neu- 
trality treaties are to tie the nations up hand and foot 
so that they cannot interfere under any circumstances 
God help us. Let us be very careful lest in our eag- 
erness to crush the battle field out of existence we 
merely pave the way for unrestricted butchery. If 
monopolies in business are dangerous, monopolies in 
political power are also dangerous. Cases may arise 
where no disinterested party or parties can be found 
to arbitrate. It may be a case of one country against 
all foreigners, we have in mind a possible case of this 
kind. Within the last few years, many massacres 
have taken place; 10,000 slain at one time, and women 
and children tortured, is not an uncommon occurence. 
Only a few days since, we read of a band of men kill- 
ing their women and children rather than run the 
risk of having them fall into the hands of the enemy. 

God watches every battle that is fought. You 
know his people of old lifted up their eyes and saw 
the mountains full of horses of fire and chariots of 
fire. At another time he caused the Sun and the 
Moon to stand still for a whole day above the valley 
of Ajalon until a great victory was won. It is not 
probable that the Sun and the Moon actually stood 
still. If it were a case of light they would not require 
both Sun and Moon to stand still, and to be astro- 



WAR 269 

nomically correct, it would be the Earth that stood 
still. We think that the astrological conditions were 
not permitted to change until a great victory was 
won. 

Freedom of conscience, freedom to live as God 
would have us to live is the great battle cry. This 
is what our fathersjbled and died to secure for us. 

Again we say, bew r are lest the very peace measures 
which on the face look so inviting may pave the way 
toward the absolute loss of political and governmen- 
tal freedom forever. 

We will now proceed to give you the charts of 
some of our great naval and military heroes. We 
should like to be able to explain exactly the influences 
that led to victory and defeat in each case, but this 
w r ould necessitate having the charts of their opponents 
as well as the charts of the rulers of the different 
countries. We can only call attention to a few points 
making for success or failure. 

No. 119 is an Admiral of the American Navy, 
whose signal success in destroying or capturing every 
vessel in the Spanish fleet at Manila is perhaps with- 
out parallel in the history of the world. 

Glancing at his 2nd and 3rd Signs, where the Moon 
is seen at the time of the Manila engagement, we find 
the Sun, which stands for distinction, Mars for war, 
Xeptune for water, Uranus for foreigners, and Venus 
and Jupiter insuring a victory. A conjunction of Ju- 
piter and the Moon occurs both in the Nativity and 
the Transits. 

This conjunction w r ould read: distinguished by vic- 
torious naval battle with foreigners. 

Xo. 119 has traveled perhaps more than any man 
alive, and is an omnivorous reader. His letters indi- 
cate* special talent for writing. All these belong to 
the 3rd Sign, which runs a conjunction with a strong 
2nd. He is also a splendid disciplinarian. When the 



270 



SOCIAL SCIEXXE 



Moon came around to his 12th Sign it was whispered 
around that the Maine was blown up by an internal 
explosion and that the war was not justifiable. The 
12th Sign always brings false accusations, abuse, and 
all the unpleasantness connected with enemies. Peo- 
ple seem to think of things when the Moon is in the 
12th Sign that under ordinary circumstances would 
never strike them. However, as time wore on and 
the Moon came back into the 2nd and 3rd Signs, the 
former scene of the battle, the ship was raised and it 
was decided that she was blown up by some missive 
from without. Xo. 119 has been very fortunate in 
only being called into an active engagement once and 




Jvcuq 

AN AMERICAN ADMIRAL 



WAR 



271 



in meeting with such phenomenal success. It is 
hardly possible that any man could remain in active 
duty all his life and meet with success. He would be 
certain to drop into a bad place in his horoscope at 
some time. 

Xo. 120 is another great war hero, who met his 
death in Africa. His father, grandfather, and great- 
grandfather w T ere military men ; also his elder brother. 
At sixteen years he was sent to the military academy. 
He was full of life and mischief and rather destructive 
in his nature. It is said that as a boy window smash- 
ing was his peculiar delight. Mars in conjunction 
with the Sun gives this tendency ; the Sun which 




A BRITISH GENERAL 



272 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

governs light also governs glass, and Mars imparts 
the destructive element in human nature. The En- 
glish suffragists have given vent to their military in- 
stincts in the same manner. No. 120 combined the 
qualities of warrior, reformer, and diplomat. From 
the time he entered a country until he left his one 
great aim was the uplifting of poor, down-trodden 
humanity. His blows were aimed at the oppressor 
and his kindness to the suffering won for him the 
highest esteem in every country he visited. Give the 
poor women in England an opportunity and they 
would doubtless exhibit a similar spirit ; one thing 
certain, their courage and determination would put 
a lot of weak-kneed politicians to shame. No. 120 
coveted neither money nor honor. When he returned 
to England he refused to appear at a public reception 
given in his honor, and he never could be drawn into 
publicity ; he also refused the offer of a friend to 
make him a beneficiary in his will. The Khedive of 
Egypt fixed his salary at £10,000 and he only ac- 
cepted £2,000; his explanation being that the poor, 
miserable Egyptians were ground down to produce 
the money. We find a striking similarity between 
the horoscopes of No. 119 and No. 120. The Sun is 
in the 2nd Sign for the former and in the 1st Sign for 
the latter, but the same planets appear in conjunc- 
tion — the Sun, Mars, Neptune, Uranus, and Venus. 
Saturn however comes in with the Moon and Jupiter 
in No. 120 while in No. 119 Saturn is in the 11th Sign. 
The Moon in ecliptic conjunction with Saturn in the 
Nativity and with Uranus in the Transits caused the 
death of No. 120. The Moon then passed on to Jupi- 
ter and the victory was won after his death. 'The 
sad and untimely fate of this hero cast a gloom over 
the whole world. 

No. 121 is best known by his connection with the 
Boer War in South Africa. He carries a strong 12th 



WAR 



273 



Sign and there has been much said pro and eon. re- 
garding the merits of the Boer YVjir, some claiming 
that it was not justifiable. He was sent to Africa in 
a bad part of his horoscope, and consequently it was 
hard up-hill work. There was no grand splurge, and 
it was all over. The Moon at the opening of the war 
entered his 3rd Sign with Mars ; and Uranus and Sat- 
urn stood opposite in the Transits. Jupiter in the 
Transits prevented final defeat. Fortunately Saturn 
did not appear here in the Nativity. The 
Moon passed on, and when it came into conjunction 
with the planets in the 11th Sign he conquered his 
opponent and T:ook him home to England to present 




IN SOUTH AFRICA 



274 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



him to the Queen. He was wounded in the Indian 
Mutiny at the age of nineteen years. At that time the 
Moon was in his 12th Sign with Jupiter and Saturn, 
Venus and Mercury being elsewhere. He also fought 
at Lucknow, Cawnpore, and in Abyssinia. About 
this time the Moon was in his 3rd in conjunction with 
Mars, Venus, and Mercury. A conjunction of Venus 
and Mercury in the 12th calls for distinction through 
the 12th Sign. Three planets in the 11th, and four in 
the 12th call for a strung public career in connection 
with the 12th Sign. 

No. 122 is a Japanese Admiral of note. You will 
observe in his horoscope the Sun, Mars, Neptune, and 




'j\ro- tz a. 

A JAPANESE ADMIRAL 



WAR 275 

Uranus, all changing Signs. This we regard as equal 
to a conjunction of the four. Possibly they work 
even more strongly in this position. These bring him 
distinction in the Navy. The chart given shows the 
opening of the Russo-Japanese w r ar. His Moon is in 
the 2nd Sign with Jupiter, Venus, and Uranus, the 
latter indicating foreigners and Jupiter and Venus 
giving victory. Saturn and the Sun appearing in a 
double conjunction in the 11th Sign indicates death 
to friends. This indication is unusually strong. In 
1913 his Moon is entering the 1st Sign and Mercury 
is in conjunction w T ith the Sun. 

One character in history stands out beyond all oth- 
ers as an illustration of the power of supernatural in- 
fluence in time of war. We refer to Joan of Arc. A 
maiden seventeen years of age, w r ho previously could 
neither write her own name nor ride a horse, accomp- 
lishes in one short week what the most distinguished 
military men had failed to accomplish in seventy 
years. She had also the additional task of overcom- 
ing the prejudice of the officers who were jealous 
of her success. To all outward appearance one would 
have said that she w T as the last person for such a po- 
sition, and in her waking moments she felt so her- 
self; but she heard voices, telling her to ask the king 
for the command of the army, and she would be vic- 
torious. The time w T as even indicated when she 
should go, and the sword that she should carry ; it 
was an old sword and may have belonged to someone 
who had been victorious in the past. Joan of Arc 
may have had the strongest horoscope in France for 
military achievements; it is also probable that the 
king's horoscope called for delivery through a wo- 
man. Mars and the Sun had evidently occupied a 
very strong position in her chart. When she first re- 
ceived a message from the unseen it was accompanied 
by a very bright light ; the Sun controls light and 



276 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

Mars fire. Later she was ill with a fever, which also 
comes under Mars ; a slow fever being a Mars and 
Saturn combination. At the last she was burned at 
the stake and Mars controls fire: Mars and the Sun 
indicate a notable fire. She is usually described as 
wearing red, and red is governed by Mars. While 
on the battle field she wore white armor, rode on a 
white horse, and carried a white banner of beautiful 
design. We are not told what colors adorned the 
banner. White, emblem of peace, victory, and pros- 
perity, symbolized her triumph. No one should wear 
red unless Mars appears in a good conjunction in 
their horoscope, in fact all evidence goes to show that 
colors should be sparingly used. They may not bring 
luck good or bad, but they indicate the working of 
fate. Saturn it is supposed governs yellow, and Ur- 
anus blue. Many instances might be given of the in- 
dications of Mars through the color red, but one will 
suffice. A lady who was employed as a lion tamer 
was presented with a beautiful bunch of red roses, 
and she pinned them on her dress and entered the 
cage. As she entered the lions advanced toward her 
with a savage growl ; in a moment's time she seized 
the flowers and threw them from the cage ; only this 
she believes saved her life. The abandonment of the 
red coat in the army should be another move in the 
right direction for various reasons. 

Joan of Arc seems like many other celebrated per- 
sons to have had her good planets in one section of 
her chart and her evil planets in another section. It 
is said that after the crowning of the king the voices 
which urged her on were heard no more, and a dread 
foreboding took their place. She enjoyed the highest 
honors and afterward suffered the basest cruelty. The 
saddest pages in history record her latter end. She 
was given over to her enemies and burned at the 
stake. In the first paroxysm of suffering she called 



WAR 277 

for water, then she exclaimed, "It is God who in- 
spired me" — after which the word "Jesus" rose from 
the midst of the flames. 

We cannot separate religion from planetary influ- 
ence; just how r the influence comes may be matter for 
conjecture, but religion throws light upon science 
and science throws light upon religion, despite the 
fact that some would have us believe that man is a 
Higher form of ape. That theory has exploded since 
it has been discovered that animal life but not human 
life may be artificially produced. This goes to prove 
that man has a soul and never evoluted from an ape 
or any other animal. Joan of Arc, who communi- 
cated with unseen powers in a remarkable manner, 
regarded her promptings as coming from the spirit 
world and as being directed by God. These prompt- 
ings differ in degree rather than in kind from the or- 
dinary impressions made upon ordinary men and 
women. The Bible teaches that good and bad spirits 
surround us, each struggling for the mastery. Pos- 
sibly the planets are inhabited by spirits, who have 
natures corresponding with the indications of eacli 
planet. Ths is one of many mysteries which remain 
to be solved. 



278 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



CHAPTER XXII. 

Sports. 

Under this head is introduced a set of men who en- 
tertain the world after their own peculiar fashion. 
Some folks would consider them to be great benefac- 
tors of the race, and others call them fools, so you 
may think as you like, but one point strikes us very 
forcibly in glancing at a few birthdates. If they only 
knew when to close their career and retire to private 
life, they might be a lot better off. Take Xo. 123, hea- 
vy-weight champion, for example. His Moon has been 
in conjunction with Jupiter and the Sun for the past 
five years ; no evil influences entering into the con- 




CHAMPION HEAVY-WEIGHT 



SPORTS 



279 



junction, but the Moon is passing into his 1st Sign 
with Mars and Uranus, and he is liable to get his 
face badly smashed within the next few years. April 
19, 1913 brought victory to him. You will notice 
that Johnson, the Xegro champion, has scarcely had 
an hour of good luck since the day he whipped Jef- 
fries. Lawsuits, imprisonment, money losses, illness, 
and marriage complications have followed one anoth- 
er in quick succession, giving him a heavy dose. We 
have not secured his birthdate, but doubtless his good 
planets appear in one section of his horoscope and his 
evil planets appear in another. 

No. 124, winner July 4th, 1913 is a lightweight 
champion whose Moon has been running a conjunc- 




t/a^. 

CHAMPION LIGHT-WEIGHT 



280 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



tion with good planets. It is now in his 1st Avith JY; 
piter and the Sun. Several years later it will be in 
the 3rd with Uranus and Saturn on one side and Mars 
on the other, then let him beware. 

Xo. 125 won the running high jump for America in 
the Swedish Olympics. Besides his running broad 
jump, 11 ft. 6 in., in the pole vault, he put the 161b 
shot 42 ft. 6 in. The Moon is now in his 11th Sign 
with 3 good planets and none bad ; the Transits also 
run very strong at this point. The 9th, 10th, 11th 
and 12th Signs, govern the use of the limbs, and these 
Signs contain all his good planets. The 1st and 2nd 
contain evil planets. He also will have his ups and 
downs in the world. 




JV&. j^if 
A FAMOUS ATHLETE 



TWELFTH SIGN 



281 



CHAPTER XXIII. 

Business under the 12th Sign. 

Xo. 126 is the Chart of a successful grocer. Food 
comes under the 12th Sign and 4 good planets govern 
the 12th. Mercury passes Venus in the 11th near the 
12th. This horoscope not only draws gain through 
the 12th, but it draws strongly upon friends, and these 
greatly assist in any business dependent upon the 
patronage of the public. The 1st Sign is correspond- 
ingly bad. He seems to have been fortunate in mar- 
riage but died at middle age from disease of the brain. 
Evil influences in the 1st took the form of ill health in 




JVo-I^Q>. 
A SUCCESSFUL GROCER 



-19 



282 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



place of marriage complications. We have noted the 
same in the charts of others. 

Xo. 127 is a similar horoscope, birth date in the 
same year and month — one being born on the 14th 
and the other on the 15th of September. You will 
notice a very striking resemblance between the charts. 
The former however made money through food- 
stuffs and the latter through horses. The former was 
happily married but died from an affection of the 
brain at middle age; the latter did not suffer from 
ill-health, but secured a divorce about the same age, 
being separated several times previously. We did not 
notice the similarity between the horoscopes until 




LARGE EXPRESS BUSINESS 



TWELFTH SIGN 



283 



we commenced to write them up so that they are not 
taken at the same date. 

Chart No. 128 is that of a man who spent nearly 
10 years in Alaska importing horses and dogs and 
driving a stage. After clearing $10,000 he invested 
in a mine and lost all. His good planets are situated 
in the 11th, 12th and 1st. Saturn governs money 
and Mars and Uranus govern land. He returned 
from Alaska and bought a piece of land which he 
again lost through a lawsuit in connection with it. 
Not yet discouraged he went to the North West and 
took up a large homestead. We have not heard the 
result. The Moon is in his 4th at the present time, 




No.- 1 lit 

HORSES AND MINING 



284 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



probably when it passes into the 11th and 12th he will 
make good on animals again. He was wont to enter- 
tain his friends by the hour with interesting stories 
of the pet animals he had owned. He simply gloried 
in animals. 

Chart No. 129 is that of an expert fruit packer. This 
lady has all her planets around the 12th and 3rd Signs 
governing fruit and the hands. Uranus and Jupiter 
are situated in the 11th close to the 12th and Neptune 
is in the 1st close to the 12th, so that the Moon in 
the 12th forms a conjunction with all those planets — 
4 planets stand between the 2nd and 3rd Sign drawing 
money by handiwork. Two good and two bad planets 




Jto-lQP 

EXPERT FRUIT PACKER 



TWELFTH SIGN 285 

appear there so we presume she spends her money as 
fast as she earns it. To those who are not familiar 
with the work done by the fruit packer we would say 
that it is usually done by the piece, so much per box. 
In every case the fruit must be selected and laid in 
even rows. In the case of dried fruits it must be 
shaped as well. 

In packing dried fruits this lady would require tc 
select shape and lay in straight rows from 100 to 150 
pieces of fruit in 7 minutes, otherwise she could not 
make wages. As you may imagine this requires ex- 
pert work. There are very few who are qualified for 
it ; only about 1 in 50 who try it can ever make it pay. 
At a table of 10 women and girls where expert hand 
work was required 9 out of 10 had the Sun in the 3rd 
Sign, that is the Sign governing the hands. Those 
who had the Sun between the 2nd and 3rd were draw r - 
ing fairly good wages and those who had the Sun 
between the 3rd and 4th were merely pulling out an 
existence. The 10th girl had the Sun in the 12th Sign 
governing fruit. We have not found the same uni- 
formity in qualifications for any other business ; pre- 
sumably it is the result of the piece w r ork system ; 
those who cannot become experts are weeded out. 
We must not imagine that all the genius is found in 
high places, far from it. Even the girls in sweat 
shops are doing a work that few are qualified to do. 
We believe in addition to a suitable horoscope they 
must inherit an aptitude for their particular line of 
work. If their parents or grand-parents have worked 
in it before them it will come much easier to them. 

There is another point brought out by these horo- 
scopes. Have you not thought how strange it is 
that a man who has repeatedly lost his all in land 
should continue to invest in land and even to take 
building contracts as was the case in Chart 128. This 
man was told where his bad and gfood luck lav and 



286 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

this was abundantly corroborated by his experience 
and yet he persisted in following along the same line. 
Probably when the Moon passed to his 11th and 12th 
he would change his course but while the Moon call- 
ed for bad luck in land and building he was determin- 
ed to help it along. Another case is recalled where 
a man owned a livery stable. The stable was burned 
in the night twice within a year, the owner each time 
losing a number of valuable horses. His friends 
begged him to give it up, but he is still running a 
livery stable. These are merely casual illustrations 
of a great truth. The mind is powerfully influenced 
by unseen forces and men follow a certain course, 
not because it appeals to reason but simply because 
they feel that way. We once made a remark similar 
to this in the presence of a friend and he replied. 
"Oh, bosh! No unseen force controls me, I do a thing 
because I want to do it." Our reply was. "Did you 
ever stop to think what makes you want to do it?" 
Men of this stamp are the very ones who are most 
strongly ruled by unseen forces. A man who weighs 
his feelings in the light of reason and common sense, 
and acts only as reason and common sense dictate 
(if there be such a man) can not be as strongly ruled 
as a man who simply follows a certain course be- 
cause he feels that way. In closing we are just re- 
minded of a common custom connected with the 12th 
Sign — that of throwing rice and old shoes after a 
newly married couple. Cast off shoes signify cast- 
ing off the 12th Sign, and entering upon the 1st. Rice 
thrown upon the ground also symbolizes casting off 
the 12th Sisrn. 



NUMBERS 287 

CHAPTER XXIV 
Numbers. 

A few hints will now be given with regard to the 
reading of numbers. These may open the way to 
a deeper and more practical study of the subject. 
There are no numbers which we regard as bad. They 
may be bad or good according to the horoscope. To 
a person with good 1st and 7th Signs, one and seven 
should be fortunate numbers. With a good 4th and 
10th, forty should be lucky; while with a bad 4th 
and 10th forty would be unlucky. One and seven 
pertain to the 1st and 7th Signs, and should be con- 
nected with education, marriage, dress, etc. Seven 
hats were seen hanging in a row in the room of a 
man who carried a strong 1st and 7th, and we also 
recollect meeting a lady with the Moon in a strong 
7th Sign, who had been laying in a supply of clothing, 
and on counting up we found she had seven hats and 
seven of every article of clothing right through. 
We even counted seven pairs of shoes and seven pairs 
of gloves ; she wasn't getting married either, she was 
studying. All this came by chance, as we would call 
it ; she had not planned on any number nor made any 
count until she had as she said completed her pur- 
chases. 

In connection with education a child's first year is 
the time of its greatest enlightenment ; it learns to 
think, observe, and talk. Its seventh year is usually 
its first in school and its fourteenth the last year of 
compulsory education; then if the child takes a high 
school and college course another seven years will 
be added. This in a general way outlines the system. 
In religion the seventh day of the week was hallowed 
as the day of rest and dedicated to God. The seventh 
year was also consecrated and seven times seven or 



288 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

forty-nine years was the time of jubilee. Jacob 
served Laban seven years for each of his daughters 
and six years for his cattle. Marriage comes under 
the 7th Sign and cattle under the 6th. In Revelation 
seven churches are mentioned, also seven candle- 
sticks, seven spirits, seven stars, seven lamps, seven 
seals, seven angels, seven vials, and seven plagues. 
"Silver purified seven times ;" "Render unto your 
neighbor sevenfold ;" "In seven troubles no evil shall 
touch thee ;" "Until seventy times seven shalt thou 
forgive him" are other quotations. Thus it appears 
that seven in the Bible is often used for an indefinite 
number. Seven and one are the numbers that natur- 
ally connect themselves with religious teaching. One 
is emblematic of unity, a strong plank in the Christ- 
ian faith. Much might be said regarding one as used 
in the Bible. 

Two is a money number. Every piece of money 
has two sides. You handle it with two hands, pick it 
up with two fingers, and look at it with two eyes. 
All money is earned by the use of two eyes, two ears, 
two hands, and two feet. In every transaction there 
are two principals, a giver and a receiver. Two or 
three cent stamps are used on most letters. Two 
stands for money and three for letters. 

Three and nine indicate writing and traveling and in 
a general way changes of all kinds. It has frequently 
been noticed that an event taking place twice is very 
liable to take place the third time; three days, three 
months, and three years have also been observed to 
mark a time of change, and more especially perhaps 
nine days, nine months, and nine years. A few- mo- 
ments ago we picked up a pamphlet on hygiene where 
the remark was made that malaria microbes attained 
their full strength in three days, when they died, giv- 
ing birth to a fresh lot. In this way the patient was 
likely to be convulsed with chills and fever on every 



XTMBERS 289 

third day. Speaking of food, the writer remarked 
that a taste for certain foods had to be cultivated, 
and that a person should partake of a new food three 
times before deciding whether he liked it or not. The 
third time has been called the "trying time" and the 
"charm", and it might also properly be called the hoo- 
doo. Everything depends upon the influences. 

A person with a strong 3rd Sign has a restless na- 
ture and is very fond of changes. It has often been 
observed that fits of despondency last for three days, 
three months, or three years, and it has been stated 
elsewhere that bad love affairs frequently exhaust 
themselves in three years time. A body in the water 
is known to rise to the surface on the ninth day. As 
a rule, three or four days are required to find the 
body, hold an inquest, and convey it to the friends of 
the deceased so that if it rises to the surface on the 
ninth day it would be conveyed to the friends or bur- 
ied on the thirteenth day and at this time the Moon 
is opposite the place where it was when the person 
disappeared or met with an accident. The thirteenth 
day and thirteenth year are always eventful periods. 
The Moon in the Nativity comes to the opposite 
point in the horoscope in thirteen years and in the 
Transits in thirteen days. This fact attaches a pe 
culiar significance to the number thirteen. Always 
watch for changes about the thirteenth day and thir- 
teenth year, when the Moon comes back to the same 
place in the chart. Two young ladies w r ere missing 
in the same city. One suicided by drowning, and the 
other was kidnapped. News regarding them was re- 
ceived on the ninth day and they were restored to 
their friends one dead and the other alive on the thir- 
teenth day. 

Peculiarities in the horoscopes of the parties inter- 
ested may add special features to some of these cases, 
but this is a common time to receive information re- 



290 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

garding the missing. The number three surrounds 
the crucifixion of Christ. On the preceding night, he 
came three times and found his disciples fast asleep. 
The third time he said, "Sleep on now the hour is 
come." Peter denied his master thrice. Two others 
were crucified with him, making three in all. There 
was darkness over the earth for three hours, and at 
the ninth hour he passed away. He rose again on 
the third day, and three women came to visit the 
sepulchre. 

The number four governs everything that pertains 
to the 4th Sign. Nearly every lot of land is bounded 
by four lines ; every house has four sides, and every 
room the same. Nearly every door and window and 
window pane is built on the square. Curtains, rugs, 
beds, covers, pillows, pictures, etc. are bounded by 
four sides. The number four is stamped on every- 
thing about a house, and land has almost invariably 
four lines bounding it. The earth has four points of 
the compass, North, South, East, and West, and all 
calculations regarding it are made from these points. 
Even the figure itself is built on the square. 

There are also peculiarities connected with five and 
eleven governing children and friends. These Signs 
relate to marriage as well as the 1st Sign. The num- 
ber eleven gives us two ones. Five has also been 
found to connect itself with children. The Superin- 
tendent of Schools in one of our cities was called up 
and his phone number was 55, five standing for chil- 
dren and ten for parents ; such a number would draw 
custom. The Superintendent should also have good 
5th and 11th Signs or it might draw r annoyance. 

We have taken the numbers of three houses where 
infants were left on the doorstep. At 5334 two in- 
fants were left on different occasions. Five stands 
for children, three for traveling or a gift received 
through a messenger, four for parents and a home. 



NUMBERS 291 

Two threes indicate two gifts, and the sum is fifteen, 
where another five appears. The second number is 
584; children, money, home. The third number is 
1310, where the sum is 5. Three and five appear here, 
also one. The 3rd child has an educational prospect 
and the 2nd a money prospect. 

The study of numbers as they appear in the Bible 
will be found very interesting. Birds and fish are 
more frequently mentioned under the number five 
than any other number : five sparrows sold for two 
farthings. Five is also connected w r ith marriage. 
Five virgins were wise and five were foolish when 
they went to meet the bridegroom. Thou hast had 
five husbands. Joseph in his dream sees the Sun, 
Moon, and eleven stars doing obeisance. To Benja- 
min he gave five changes of raiment, restored eleven 
hundred shekels to his mother. These are all refer- 
ences to children. 

Six and twelve rule that which falls under the 6th 
and 12th Signs; dishes of all kinds, silver and table 
linen are sold by dozens or half dozens. Eggs, fruit 
cakes, tins, and packages of every description are 
sold the same. Twelve not only stands for the 12th 
Sign but indicates completion and is frequently used 
in holy writ. The twelve tribes of Israel, twelve dis- 
ciples, and we believe twelve commandments are 
notable examples. It is found connected with the 6th 
and 12th Signs as well, for example, six cakes, six 
wagons, twelve yoke of oxen, six lambs without 
blemish, six cities of refuge, six measures of barley, 
six choice sheep, six things doth the Lord hate, 'six 
years he shall serve and on the seventh go free. Ene- 
mies and service come under the 6th and 12th Signs. 
The twelfth disciple betrayed Christ and hanged him- 
self. 

The grouping of numbers such as has been noticed 
in the case of the 13 baby forms an interesting study. 



292 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

Much depends upon the horoscope of the person as 
to whether these numbers will be lucky or unlucky, 
but grouping undoubtedly adds strength to the num- 
ber. With the few hints given everyone should be 
able to read combinations in numbers and the num- 
bers covering the best part of your horoscope should 
be the luckiest numbers for you. If your 1st and 
7th is good then one and seven should be fortunate 
numbers, and so on. This is one of the points for 
you to watch. As an example of reading numbers 
take the house number 4423, whose sum is 13 ; this 
brought unexpected changes. Two ladies living here 
were called to take a long journey to attend the death- 
bed of a parent. Neither ever returned to live under 
the same roof. A change of house number frequent- 
ly indicates a change in the working of fate. Those 
who change house numbers frequently should have a 
very eventful life. 

A peculiar case connected with a literary club in 
Philadelphia is reported. The election of the hun- 
dredth member was followed by death four times in 
succession. Nine stands for books and writing and 
two nines double the strength of the number. The 
number 100 seems to have been out of place. The 
members were evidently weak in the 1st and 7th 
Signs as ladies were not admitted. The 3rd and 9th 
Signs were probably very strong and 99 would be a 
powerful number for a club of that description. It 
would be assuming too much, however, to say that a 
number would kill a man. This calls to mind another 
streng number connected with writing; the prison 
number of Donald Lowrie, the author of "My Life 
in Prison" which was 19093. It would almost seem 
that he was brought to San Quentin for the special 
purpose of writing this book. Afflictions frequently 
drives us into paths of which we never even dreamt. 



DREAMS 293 

CHAPTER XXV. 
Dreams. 

In this age of materialization striking traces of su- 
pernatural influence are seldom found. Body, mind 
and soul are so constantly absorbed in the things that 
pertain to this life that it precludes spiritual devel- 
opment to a great extent. God said that he could 
talk face to face with \his servant Moses and if 
there was a prophet among them he could reveal 
himself by vision or dream, but to the ordinary man it 
did not seem that he could reveal himself. 

In the central and southern portion of Europe which 
is the cradle of tragedy and of art, ("Tears and art 
are close akin"), the strongest evidence of the pres- 
ence of the supernatural will be observed. Joan of 
Arc and the wonderful revelation vouchsafed to her 
has already been considered ; other instances may be 
cited from the biography of the beautiful Empress 
Elizabeth whose life was enveloped in tragedy. Her 
soul, through suffering, became as she herself express- 
ed it, "dead to the world/ 3 and was therefore a fit 
subject to become a medium between two worlds. 
It is said that on one occasion she awoke in great 
alarm, for she dreamt that her cousin had met his 
death by drowning. A perfect picture of his dead body 
appeared before her and so vivid was the dream that 
it was long before her maids succeeded in calming her. 
On the day following a messenger brought the news 
that her cousin had died by drowning on the previous 
evening about the time of her vision as she had retired 
early. Elizabeth had also written a poem upon the 
raven, the bird of ill omen that had made its appear- 
ance in divers strange manners before tragic events 
occurred in the family. Two days previous to her 
death, at the hands of an assassin, she was sitting 



294 SOCIAL SCIENCE 

on the lawn with a companion when a raven flew 
down brushed her face with his plumes, and snatched 
from her hand a peach that she had been eating. Evil 
influences in the 11th and 12th Signs are here indi- 
cated — eating under the 12th and birds under the 11th. 
Her experiences with children show her 11th Sign 
to have been bad. 

The Bible gives some of the grandest examples 
of dreams and their fulfillment. Joseph's dreams which 
he related to his brethren being especially interesting. 
His 12th Sign was evidently working very strongly; 
he dreamt of wheat and his brethren cast him into a 
pit and from thence sold him into Egypt. They 
stained his coat in the blood of a kid to make his 
father believe he had been devoured by a wild beast. 
Food, enemies, and animals come together. His 3rd 
Sign also was very strong, indicating brethren and 
traveling. Many years afterward in Egypt his 12th 
and 3rd are again strongly in evidence, brethren and 
food contributing to form one of the most touching 
scenes recorded in the literature of the world. He 
also dreamt that the Sun, Moon, and stars did obei- 
sance to him. This is a metaphor connecting the 
twelve tribes of Israel with the Solar System. Just 
here we would say that it is altogether likely that 
there are more planets in the Solar System than we 
have any knowledge of. Vulcan betwixt Mercury 
and the Sun has become a fixed fact, and there may 
be other planets beyond Neptune. We can only deal 
with those of which we have definite knowledge. 

Many more prophetic dreams might be mentioned. 
Pharaoh also dreamt, foretelling the famine in Egypt. 
The dreams of the chief butler and chief baker differ 
from the others inasmuch as they w r ere fulfilled in a 
short space of time. In many cases our dreams of the 
present day would be prophetic but we do not keep 
a record of them and unless something occurs to re- 



DREAMS 295 

mind us of them within a very short time they are 
entirely forgotten. You dream according to the po- 
sition of the planets in your horoscope just the same 
as you think in line with the position of the planets. 

It is probable however that dreams are often exag- 
gerated by physical conditions ; a feverish brain or a 
disordered stomach is liable to develop a trifling in- 
cident into a tragedy, so that it will be well not to 
attach too great importance to dreams. In a general 
way they may be read just the same as events in our 
horoscopes. While the Moon is in the 1st Sign you 
should dream according to the indications of the 1st 
Sign; when in the 2nd you should dream according 
to the indications of the 2nd Sign, noting also the po- 
sition of the Earth, and conjunctions that occur. It 
any point in the chart is very strong you are liable 
to hear from it at any time, for it rules the horo- 
scope. Detective Burns in his sketches on "Crime" 
relates the following: He said to a prisoner, "How 
did you chance to meet this man?" "I began to 
dream continually," said the prisoner, "of being in a 
locality unfamiliar to me, and soon had occasion to 
visit a strange town. I recognized the street as seen 
in my dreams, and when I beheld a hitching post in 
the form of a Xegro boy holding up a ring I recollected 
that there should have been a man there; he was not 
there and I came twice to see him and the third time 
he was there. I walked up and said, 'You are waiting 
for me/ r After some conversation each discovered 
that he had found the man he was looking for. Had 
it been a good deed they were planning it might have 
been called a case of providential guidance. It was a 
criminal proceeding, however, and the influences 
were evil. Uranus stands for foreigners and a hitch- 
ing post for the 12th Sign. Uranus and enemies are 
here indicated. Such an incident gives a very vivid 
picture of the power of dreams and unseen influ- 
ences. 



H 5? 82 i 



4 V^-> V-^- Y %.'•**•*< 




Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: Nov. 2004 



%• ''.S3 6*/ J* \ °°y7% PreservationTechnologies 

<► *'..«' .6 <?> '• . • * WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 





1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 














4 O 



, A FEB 82 1^ '* *° ,. °* "•••* *>* 

I ^ST N - MANCHESTER, ,0 t • ''* O «* «^*' 

I ^^ INDIANA 46962' . ^ . C SjM%£>. °_ ^ « <^ 



